diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Conf/conf.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Conf/conf.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 269e016..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Conf/conf.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# conf.sh -- This function standardizes the way images are produced
-# from configuration files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function conf {
-
-    # Initialize local variables.
-    local MODEL=''
-    local -a MODELS
-    local FORMAT=''
-    local HEIGHT=''
-    local FGCOLOR=''
-    local BGCOLOR=''
-
-    # Define list with all section names. These are the final file
-    # names we want to produce images for.
-    local FILENAME=''
-    local FILENAMES=$(cli_getConfigSectionNames $TEMPLATE)
-
-    for FILENAME in $FILENAMES;do
-
-        # Retrieve models you want to produce the image from.  Notice
-        # that relative path passed in this option must point to one
-        # existent file inside the working copy.
-        for MODEL in $(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "models");do
-            MODELS[((++${#MODELS[*]}))]=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/${MODEL}
-        done
-
-        # Retrieve formats you want to produce the image for. This
-        # variable contains one or more image format supported by
-        # ImageMagick.  For example, `xpm', `jpg', 'tiff', etc.
-        local FORMATS=$(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "formats")
-        if [[ -z ${FORMATS} ]];then
-            FORMATS="xpm pdf jpg tif"
-        fi
-        
-        # Retrieve heights you want to produce the image for. This
-        # variable contains one or more numerical values. For example,
-        # `16', `24', `32', etc.
-        local HEIGHTS=$(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "heights")
-        if [[ -z ${HEIGHTS} ]];then
-            HEIGHTS="16 20 22 24 32 36 38 40 48 64 72 78 96 112 124 128 148 164 196 200 512"
-        fi
-
-        # Retrieve foreground colors you want to produce the image
-        # for. This variable contains one or more color number in
-        # hexadecimal format. For example, `000000', `ffffff', etc.
-        local FGCOLORS=$(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "fgcolors")
-        if [[ -z ${FGCOLORS} ]];then
-            FGCOLORS="000000"
-        fi
-
-        # Retrieve background colors you want to produce the image
-        # for. This variable contains one or more color number in
-        # hexadecimal format with opacity information included.
-        # Opacity is specified between 0.0 and 1.0 where 0.0 is full
-        # transparency and 1.0 full opacity. For example, the
-        # following values are accepted: `000000-0', `ffffff-1', etc.
-        local BGCOLORS=$(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "bgcolors") 
-        if [[ -z ${BGCOLORS} ]];then
-            BGCOLORS="000000-0"
-        fi
-
-        # Retrieve command-line you want execute to produce the image.
-        # For example, `/usr/bin/convert +append'
-        local COMMAND=$(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "command") 
-        if [[ -z ${COMMAND} ]];then
-            COMMAND=/bin/cp
-        fi
-
-        for FGCOLOR in $FGCOLORS;do
-
-            # Verify value passed as foreground color.
-            cli_checkFiles ${FGCOLOR} --match="^[a-fA-F0-9]{3,6}$"
-
-            for BGCOLOR in $BGCOLORS;do
-
-                # Verify value passed as background color.
-                cli_checkFiles ${BGCOLOR} --match="^[a-fA-F0-9]{6}-(0|1)$"
-
-                for HEIGHT in $HEIGHTS;do
-
-                    # Verify value passed as height.
-                    cli_checkFiles ${HEIGHT} --match="^[[:digit:]]+$"
-
-                    # Do base rendition actions.
-                    conf_setBaseRendition
-
-                done
-            done
-        done
-
-        # Reset models list to prevent it from growing for each file
-        # name (configuration section) iteration and create this way
-        # unexpected images as final result.
-        unset MODELS
-
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Conf/conf_setBaseRendition.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Conf/conf_setBaseRendition.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 4962373..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Conf/conf_setBaseRendition.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# conf_setBaseRendition.sh -- This function standardizes base actions
-# related to image production through configuration files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function conf_setBaseRendition {
-
-    local COUNTER=0
-    local EXPORTID="CENTOSARTWORK"
-    local -a MODEL_INSTANCES
-    local -a IMAGE_INSTANCES 
-    local -a IMAGE_COMMANDS
-
-    # Define absolute path to output location. This is the location
-    # inside the working copy all images will be stored in.
-    local OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/${FGCOLOR}/${BGCOLOR}/${HEIGHT}/${FILENAME}
-
-    # Define which command will be used to output the template
-    # content. This is required because template files might be found
-    # as compressed files inside the repository.
-    local VIEWER="/bin/cat"
-
-    while [[ $COUNTER -lt ${#MODELS[*]} ]];do
-
-        # Verify existence and extension of design models.
-        cli_checkFiles ${MODELS[$COUNTER]} -f --match='\.(svgz|svg)$'
-
-        # Define file name for design model instances. We need to use
-        # a random string in from of it to prevent duplication.
-        # Remember that different files can have the same name in
-        # different locations. Use the correct file information.
-        MODEL_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]=${TMPDIR}/${RANDOM}-$(basename ${MODELS[$COUNTER]})
-
-        # Define file name for image instances. We need to use a
-        # random string in from of it to prevent duplication.
-        # Remember that different files can have the same name in
-        # different locations. Use the correct file information.
-        IMAGE_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]=${TMPDIR}/${RANDOM}-$(basename ${MODELS[$COUNTER]} \
-            | sed -r 's/\.(svgz|svg)$/.png/')
-
-        # Redefine command used to read design models.
-        if [[ $(file -b -i ${MODELS[$COUNTER]}) =~ '^application/x-gzip$' ]];then
-            VIEWER="/bin/zcat"
-        fi
-
-        # Create uncompressed design model instances in order to make
-        # color replacements without affecting original design models. 
-        $VIEWER ${MODELS[$COUNTER]} > ${MODEL_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]}
-
-        # Make your best to be sure the design model instance you are
-        # processing is a valid scalable vector graphic.
-        cli_checkFiles ${MODEL_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]} --mime="text/xml"
-
-        # Make color replacements to each design model instance before
-        # render them using Inkscape.
-        if [[ ${FGCOLOR} != '000000' ]];then
-            sed -i -r "s/((fill|stroke):#)000000/\1${FGCOLOR}/g" ${MODEL_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]}
-        fi
-
-        # Create list of Inkscape commands based for each design model
-        # set in the configuration file.
-        IMAGE_COMMANDS[${COUNTER}]="${MODEL_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]} \
-            --export-id=${EXPORTID} \
-            --export-png=${IMAGE_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]}  \
-            --export-background=$(echo ${BGCOLOR} | cut -d'-' -f1) \
-            --export-background-opacity=$(echo ${BGCOLOR} | cut -d'-' -f2) \
-            --export-height=${HEIGHT}"
-
-        # Create PNG image based on design models.
-        inkscape ${IMAGE_COMMANDS[$COUNTER]} > /dev/null
-
-        COUNTER=$(( $COUNTER + 1 ))
-
-    done
-
-    cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}" --as-creating-line
-
-    # Verify existence of output directory.
-    if [[ ! -d $(dirname ${OUTPUT}) ]];then
-        mkdir -p $(dirname ${OUTPUT})
-    fi
-
-    # Apply command to PNG images produced from design models to
-    # construct the final PNG image.
-    ${COMMAND} ${IMAGE_INSTANCES[*]} ${OUTPUT}
-
-    # Remove instances to save disk space. There is no need to have
-    # unused files inside the temporal directory. They would be
-    # consuming space unnecessarily. Moreover, there is a remote
-    # chance of name collapsing (because the huge number of files that
-    # would be in place and the week random string we are putting in
-    # front of files) which may produce unexpected results.
-    rm ${IMAGE_INSTANCES[*]} ${MODEL_INSTANCES[*]}
-
-    # Create path for different image formats creation using PNG image
-    # extension as reference.
-    local TARGET=$(echo ${OUTPUT} | sed -r "s/\.png$//")
-
-    # Convert images from PNG to those formats specified in the
-    # configuration file.
-    for FORMAT in ${FORMATS};do
-        cli_printMessage "${TARGET}.${FORMAT}" --as-creating-line
-        convert ${OUTPUT} ${TARGET}.${FORMAT}
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 0cb4d7f..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# docbook.sh -- This function performs base-rendition actions for
-# DocBook files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook {
-
-    # Define absolute path to XSL files used for transforming DocBook
-    # into other formats.
-    local DOCBOOK_XSL="${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Webenv/Themes/Default/Docbook/1.69.1/Xsl"
-
-    # Define absolute path to DocBook models. This path must take
-    # until the directory which holds the main documentation docbook
-    # file.
-    local DOCBOOK_MODELS="$(dirname ${TEMPLATE})"
-
-    # Verify absolute path to DocBook models.
-    cli_checkFiles ${DOCBOOK_MODELS} -d
-
-    # Create the non-translated instance of design model. 
-    cp ${TEMPLATE} ${INSTANCE}
-
-    # Expand common contents inside instance.
-    docbook_setExpansionLicenses ${INSTANCE}
-
-    # When translated instances are rendered, system entities (e.g.,
-    # `%entity-name;') don't appear in the translated instance (it
-    # seems that xml2po removes them) and this provokes DocBook
-    # validation to fail.  So in order to pass the validation
-    # successfully and automate the whole creation of system entities,
-    # don't let this duty ion users'. Instead, make centos-art.sh
-    # script responsible of it.
-    docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities ${INSTANCE}
-
-    # Print validating action.
-    cli_printMessage "${INSTANCE}" --as-validating-line
-
-    # Validate translated instance before processing it. This step is
-    # very important in order to detect document's malformations and
-    # warn you about it, so you can correct them. It is also necessary
-    # to save them in a new file in order to make translation markers
-    # expansion possible before transforming the DocBook instance into
-    # other formats.
-    xmllint --valid --noent ${INSTANCE} > ${INSTANCE}.tmp
-    if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
-        cli_printMessage "`gettext "Validation failed."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-    # Update instance to add translation markers expansion.
-    mv ${INSTANCE}.tmp ${INSTANCE}
-
-    # Expand translation markers on the temporal instance with
-    # entities already expanded.
-    cli_expandTMarkers ${INSTANCE}
-
-    # Verify translation file existence apply translation to docbook
-    # design model instance in order to produce the translated design
-    # model instance.
-    if [[ -f ${TRANSLATION} ]];then
-        docbook_setTranslation ${INSTANCE}
-    fi
-
-    # Convert DocBook source files to other formats.
-    docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks ${INSTANCE}
-    docbook_setConversionXhtml ${INSTANCE}
-    docbook_setConversionText
-
-    # NOTE: The current transformation from DocBook to PDF fails when
-    # we started to use DocBook <index /> tags inside DocBook files.
-    # Probably we need to test what happen when a newer release of XSL
-    # is used. Thus, comment production of PDF files until it can be
-    # produced correctly.
-    #docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf
-
-    # NOTE: From version 5.0 on, DocBook specification is no longer a
-    # SGML specification but an XML specification only. Thus,
-    # transformations related to DocBook SGML specification won't be
-    # supported in `centos-art.sh' script.
-
-    # Perform format post-rendition.
-    docbook_setPostRendition
-
-    # Perform format last-rendition.
-    docbook_setLastRendition
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionText.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionText.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 7c4673c..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionText.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertToText.sh -- This function takes the XHTML file produced
-# by docbook_setConversionXhtml and produces one plain-text file (i.e.,
-# without markup inside).
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook_setConversionText {
-
-    # Verify existence of HTML file. If `.xhtml' file doesn't exist
-    # don't create text file. The `.xhtml' file is required in order
-    # to create the `.txt' file.
-    if [[ ! -f ${FILE}.xhtml ]];then
-       return 
-    fi
-
-    local COMMAND=''
-    local OPTIONS=''
-
-    # Define the command path to text-based web browser and options
-    # used to produce plain-text files. Most of these programs have a
-    # dump option that print formatted plain-text versions of given
-    # HTML file to stdout.
-    if [[ -x '/usr/bin/lynx' ]];then
-        COMMAND='/usr/bin/lynx'
-        OPTIONS='-force_html -nolist -width 70 -dump'
-    elif [[ -x '/usr/bin/elinks' ]];then
-        COMMAND='/usr/bin/elinks'
-        OPTIONS='-force_html -no-numbering -no-references -width 70 -dump'
-    elif [[ -x '/usr/bin/w3m' ]];then
-        COMMAND='/usr/bin/w3m'
-        OPTIONS='-dump'
-    fi
-
-    if [[ $COMMAND != '' ]];then
-
-        # Print action message.
-        if [[ -f ${FILE}.txt ]];then
-            cli_printMessage "${FILE}.txt" --as-updating-line
-        else
-            cli_printMessage "${FILE}.txt" --as-creating-line
-        fi
-
-        # Convert from HTML to plain-text without markup.
-        ${COMMAND} ${OPTIONS} ${FILE}.xhtml > ${FILE}.txt
-
-    else
-        cli_printMessage "`gettext "No way to convert from XHTML to plain-text found."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionXhtml.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionXhtml.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 1c9f0a6..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionXhtml.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# docbook_setConversionXhtml.sh -- This function uses DocBook XML as input
-# and applies XSL stylesheets to produce a big XHTML files as output.
-# The procedure was taken from the documentation of
-# `docbook-style-xsl-1.69.1-5.1' package, which says: ---To publish
-# HTML from your XML documents, you just need an XSL engine.---.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook_setConversionXhtml {
-
-    local -a STYLE_TEMPLATE
-    local -a STYLE_INSTANCE
-    local STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=''
-
-    # Define absolute path to DocBook source file. This is the
-    # repository documentation manual file where DOCTYPE and ENTITY
-    # definition lines are set.
-    local SOURCE_FILE=${1}
-
-    # Define absolute path to xhtml target file. This is the final
-    # location the xhtml file produced as result of DocBook to xhtml
-    # transformation will be stored in.
-    local TARGET_FILE=${FILE}-xhtml/$(basename ${FILE}).xhtml
-
-    # Define absolute path to xhtml target file directory. This is the
-    # location the xhtml target file will be sotred in.
-    local TARGET_FILE_DIR=$(dirname ${TARGET_FILE})
-
-    # Print action message.
-    if [[ -f ${FILE}.xhtml ]];then
-        cli_printMessage "${TARGET_FILE}" --as-updating-line
-    else
-        cli_printMessage "${TARGET_FILE}" --as-creating-line
-    fi
-
-    # Prepare XSL final instances used in transformations.
-    docbook_setStyles $(cli_getFilesList \
-        ${DOCBOOK_XSL} --pattern='^.*/docbook2xhtml-(single|common)\.xsl$')
-
-    # Clean up output directory. This is required in order to prevent
-    # old files from remaining therein when they are no longer needed.
-    if [[ -d ${TARGET_FILE_DIR} ]];then
-        rm -r "${TARGET_FILE_DIR}"
-    fi 
-    mkdir ${TARGET_FILE_DIR}
-
-    # Transform DocBook XML to XHTML suppressing all stderr output.
-    xsltproc --output ${TARGET_FILE} ${STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL} ${SOURCE_FILE} &> /dev/null
-
-    # Create `css' and `images' directories. In order to save disk
-    # space, these directories are linked (symbolically) to their
-    # respective locations inside the working copy. 
-    ln -fs ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Webenv/Themes/Default/Docbook/1.69.1/Css ${TARGET_FILE_DIR}/Css
-    ln -fs ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Webenv ${TARGET_FILE_DIR}/Images
-
-    # Remove XSL instance files.
-    rm ${STYLE_INSTANCE[*]}
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 4caf61f..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks.sh -- This function uses DocBook XML as
-# input and applies XSL stylesheets to produce a directory with many
-# XHTML files as output.  The procedure was taken from the
-# documentation of `docbook-style-xsl-1.69.1-5.1' package, which says:
-# ---To publish HTML from your XML documents, you just need an XSLT
-# engine.---.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks {
-
-    local -a STYLE_TEMPLATE
-    local -a STYLE_INSTANCE
-    local STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=''
-
-    # Define absolute path to DocBook source file. This is the
-    # repository documentation manual file where DOCTYPE and ENTITY
-    # definition lines are set.
-    local SOURCE_FILE=${1}
-
-    # Define absolute path to XHTML target file. This is the final
-    # location the XHTML file produced as result of DocBook to PDF
-    # transformation will be stored in.
-    local TARGET_FILE="${FILE}-xhtml-chunks/"
-
-    # Clean up output directory. This is required in order to prevent
-    # old files from remaining therein when they are no longer needed.
-    if [[ -d ${TARGET_FILE} ]];then
-        rm -r "${TARGET_FILE}"
-    fi 
-    mkdir ${TARGET_FILE}
-
-    # Print action message.
-    cli_printMessage "${TARGET_FILE}" --as-creating-line
-
-    # Prepare XSL final instances used in transformations.
-    docbook_setStyles $(cli_getFilesList \
-        ${DOCBOOK_XSL} --pattern='^.*/docbook2xhtml-(chunks|common)\.xsl$')
-
-    # Transform DocBook XML to XHTML suppressing all stderr output.
-    xsltproc --output ${TARGET_FILE} ${STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL} ${SOURCE_FILE} &> /dev/null
-
-    # Create `css' and `images' directories. In order to save disk
-    # space, these directories are linked (symbolically) to their
-    # respective locations inside the working copy. Be sure to remove
-    # previous links first to prevent a recursive creation of links.
-    ln -sf ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Webenv/Themes/Default/Docbook/1.69.1/Css ${TARGET_FILE}/Css
-    ln -sf ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Webenv ${TARGET_FILE}/Images
-
-    # Remove XSL instance files.
-    rm ${STYLE_INSTANCE[*]}
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index f639e93..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf.sh -- This function transforms DocBook
-# files which have set the XML DTD in them.  To produce PDF from
-# DocBook XML DTD, we need an XSLT engine (e.g., through `xsltproc'
-# command) to produce formatting objects (FO), which then must be
-# processed with an FO engine (e.g., through `pdfxmltex' command,
-# which uses PassiveTex) to produce the PDF output.
-#
-# In this configuration and using default configuration settings, I've
-# presented the following problems:
-#
-# 1. Something is wrong with headings. They are not expanded along the
-# whole page-body. They seem to be rendered in a reduced width (1 inch
-# approximately). This provokes the heading to be broken in a
-# two-to-five letters column and sometimes it overlaps the sectioning
-# titles (e.g., chapter, section). I tried to customize the value of
-# `header.column.widths' and `page.margin.top' but it seems to be not
-# there where I need to touch.
-#
-# 2. TOC's indentation is not rendered. Even the `toc.indent.width'
-# property is set to 24 by default.
-#
-# 3. Inside lists, when items are more than one line, the indentation
-# seems to work for the first line only.  All other lines in the same
-# item are not indented and begin completely unaligned.
-#
-# 4. Long file paths near the end of page-body aren't hyphenated.
-# Even the `hyphenate' property is set to `true' by default.
-#
-# In this configuration and using default configuration settings, I've
-# presented the following advantages:
-#
-# 1. It is possible to produce localized PDF outputs through
-# `xml2po', the default way of producing localized content inside
-# the `centos-art.sh' script.
-#
-# To make the whole process transparent, a temporal directory is
-# created for intermediate works and final files are moved then to
-# their final location.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf {
-
-    # Print action message.
-    cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pdf" --as-creating-line
-
-    local -a STYLE_TEMPLATE
-    local -a STYLE_INSTANCE
-    local STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=''
-
-    # Define absolute path to DocBook source file. This is the
-    # repository documentation manual file where DOCTYPE and ENTITY
-    # definition lines are set.
-    local SRC=${INSTANCE}
-
-    # Define absolute path to PDF target file. This is the final
-    # location the PDF file produced as result of DocBook to PDF
-    # transformation will be stored in.
-    local DST="${FILE}.pdf"
-
-    # Define file name of formatting object (.fo) file. This file is
-    # an intermediate file needed to produced the PDF.
-    local FO=$(echo ${INSTANCE} | sed -r 's/docbook$/fo/g')
-
-    # Define file name of PDF file.  This is the file we were looking
-    # for and the one moved, once produced.
-    local PDF=$(echo ${INSTANCE} | sed -r 's/docbook$/pdf/g')
-
-    # Prepare XSL final instances used in transformations.
-    docbook_setStyles "${DOCBOOK_XSL}/docbook2fo.xsl"
-
-    # Create link to `Images' directory. This is the directory where
-    # images used by documentation are stored in. Be sure to remove
-    # previous links first to prevent a recursive creation of links.
-    ln -sf ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Webenv $(dirname ${INSTANCE})/Images
-
-    # Create formatting object suppressing output from stderr.
-    xsltproc --output ${FO} ${STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL} ${SRC} 2> /dev/null
-
-    # Create PDF format from formatting object. Because we are using
-    # relative path to access `Images', it is necessary to move the
-    # directory stack into the temporal directory where instance files
-    # are created. Otherwise, the location used to load images will
-    # fail.
-    if [[ $? -eq 0 ]];then
-        pushd $(dirname ${INSTANCE}) > /dev/null
-        xmlto -o $(dirname ${FILE}) pdf ${FO}
-        popd > /dev/null
-    else 
-        cli_printMessage "`gettext "Cannot produce the PDF file."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setExpansionLicenses.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setExpansionLicenses.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index cb3a032..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setExpansionLicenses.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# docbook_setExpansionLicenses.sh -- This function modifies the final
-# DocBook instance to add license information. We are doing this way
-# because using XInclude doesn't work and we want to reuse license
-# information in all documents. So, if we cannot link the files, we
-# modify the final instance and append the license information to it.
-# Later, to reuse translation messages, the locale functionality takes
-# care of merging po files related to licenses into documentation po
-# file so changes made to licenses translations will also be available
-# to documentation manuals in different languages.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook_setExpansionLicenses {
-
-    local INSTANCE=$1
-
-    # Define absolute path to DocBook models.
-    local DOCBOOK_MODELS="${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Documentation/Models/Docbook"
-
-    # Define list of files holding licenses you want to include. Note
-    # even this files are not inside the documentation structure
-    # itself, they are connected with it. The files holding license
-    # information does contain id information used inside the
-    # documentation structure at cross references.
-    local LICENSES="${DOCBOOK_MODELS}/Default/Licenses/Gpl/gpl.docbook \
-        ${DOCBOOK_MODELS}/Default/Licenses/Gfdl/gfdl.docbook"
-
-    # Define top level structure in the instance. This is the tag
-    # defined in the second field of DOCTYPE definition.
-    local DOCTYPE=$(egrep '^<!DOCTYPE ' $INSTANCE | egrep '^<!DOCTYPE' \
-        | gawk '{ print $2 }')
-
-    # Define temporal file to store license block.
-    local BLOCK=$(cli_getTemporalFile "licenses.docbook")
-
-    # Build license block into memory.
-    BLOCK="<!-- Licenses -->\n"
-    BLOCK="${BLOCK}\n<part id=\"licenses\">\n"
-    BLOCK="${BLOCK}\n<title>`gettext "Licenses"`</title>\n"
-    BLOCK="${BLOCK}\n$(cat ${LICENSES} | sed -r '/<\?xml/,/]>/d')\n"
-    BLOCK="${BLOCK}\n</part>\n"
-    BLOCK="${BLOCK}\n<!-- Back matter -->\n"
-
-    # Expand the licenses section. Remove everything in-between
-    # Licenses and Back matter comment. Recreate the comments to
-    # support further actualizations and concatenate license
-    # information without their document type definitions preamble.
-    # This is required in order to prevent validation errors and reuse
-    # (through locale functionality) the translation messages already
-    # available for these license files. Finally, close any open tag.
-    sed -r -i -e "/<!-- Licenses -->/,/<!-- Back matter -->/c$(echo ${BLOCK})" $INSTANCE
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 090e09c..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities.sh -- This function expands system
-# entities required by DocBook projects stored under
-# `Documentation/Manuals' directory.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities {
-
-    # Define absolute path to instance where all operations will take
-    # place in.
-    local INSTANCE=$1
-
-    # Define absolute path to both common and specific system
-    # entities.
-    local ENTITIES_PATHS="$(cli_getFilesList ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Documentation/Models/Docbook/Default/Book $(dirname ${TEMPLATE}) \
-        --pattern='^.*/[[:alpha:]-]+\.ent$' --maxdepth=1 --mindepth=1 --type='f')"
-
-    # Build definition of both common and specific system entities.
-    local ENTITIES="$(\
-        for ENTITY_PATH in $ENTITIES_PATHS;do
-            local ENTITY_NAME=$(basename ${ENTITY_PATH})
-            echo '\n\t<!ENTITY % '${ENTITY_NAME}' SYSTEM "'${ENTITY_PATH}'">\n'
-            echo '\t%'${ENTITY_NAME}';'
-        done)"
-
-    # Define both xml and docbook public definition.
-    local PREAMBLE="<?xml version=\"1.0\" ?>"
-    PREAMBLE="${PREAMBLE}\n<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN\" "
-    PREAMBLE="${PREAMBLE}\n\t\"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd\" ["
-    PREAMBLE="${PREAMBLE}\n${ENTITIES}"
-    PREAMBLE="${PREAMBLE}\n\t]>"
-
-    # Remove both xml and docbook preamble from instance and insert
-    # it again with definitions of required common and specific system
-    # entities.
-    sed -r -i "1,2c$(echo $PREAMBLE)" ${INSTANCE}
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setLastRendition.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setLastRendition.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 7205cd8..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setLastRendition.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# docbook_setLastRendition.sh -- This function performs last-rendition
-# actions for DocBook files. These are the actions that take
-# base-rendition and post-rendition output as input to produce output
-# from it.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook_setLastRendition {
-
-    # Presently, there is no last-rendition action for DocBook base
-    # rendition but the function should exist for consistency with
-    # other formats.
-    return
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setPostRendition.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setPostRendition.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 30afef9..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setPostRendition.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# docbook_setPostRendition.sh -- This function performs post-rendition
-# actions for DocBook files. These are the actions that take
-# base-rendition output as input to producing output from it.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook_setPostRendition {
-
-    # Presently, there is no post-rendition action for DocBook base
-    # rendition but the function should exist for consistency with
-    # other formats.
-    return
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setStyles.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setStyles.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 8700f0f..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setStyles.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# docbook_setStyles.sh -- This function prepares styles' final
-# instances, used in transformations and based on XSL or DSL
-# templates.  There might be translation markers inside the XSL and
-# DSL templates that need to be expanded before they can be used for
-# transformations.  This function creates temporal instances of XSL
-# and DSL templates with translation markers expanded inside so as for
-# transformation commands (e.g., `xmltproc' or `openjade' through
-# `docbook2pdf') to use as style definition.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook_setStyles {
-
-    local STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE=''
-    local STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILES=$@
-    local STYLE_INSTANCE_COMMON=''
-    local COUNT=0
-
-    for STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE in $STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILES;do
-
-        STYLE_TEMPLATE[((++${#STYLE_TEMPLATE[*]}))]="${STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE}"
-        STYLE_INSTANCE[((++${#STYLE_INSTANCE[*]}))]="$(cli_getTemporalFile ${STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE})"
-
-        # Keep track of array's real index value. Remember, it starts
-        # at zero but counting starts at 1 instead. So, subtracting 1
-        # from counting we have the real index value we need to work
-        # with the information stored in the array.
-        COUNT=$(( ${#STYLE_INSTANCE[*]} - 1 ))
-
-        # Create style instance from style template.
-        cp ${STYLE_TEMPLATE[$COUNT]} ${STYLE_INSTANCE[$COUNT]}
-
-        # Define both final an common style instances based on style
-        # templates.
-        if [[ $STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE =~ 'docbook2fo\.xsl$' ]];then
-            STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=${STYLE_INSTANCE[$COUNT]}
-        elif [[ $STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE =~ 'docbook2pdf\.dsl$' ]];then
-            STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=${STYLE_INSTANCE[${COUNT}]}
-        elif [[ $STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE =~ 'docbook2xhtml-(chunks|single)\.xsl$' ]];then
-            STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=${STYLE_INSTANCE[${COUNT}]}
-        elif [[ $STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE =~ 'docbook2xhtml-common\.xsl$' ]];then
-            STYLE_INSTANCE_COMMON=${STYLE_INSTANCE[${COUNT}]}
-        fi
-
-    done
-
-    # Verify style final instance. This is the file used by
-    # transformation command (`xsltproc' or `openjade') to produce the
-    # specified output. We cannot continue without it.
-    cli_checkFiles -e $STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL
-
-    # Expand common translation markers in the common style instance,
-    # if it exists.
-    if [[ -f $STYLE_INSTANCE_COMMON ]];then
-        cli_expandTMarkers $STYLE_INSTANCE_COMMON
-    fi
-
-    # Expand specific translation markers in final style instance.
-    sed -r -i "s!=STYLE_XHTML_COMMON=!${STYLE_INSTANCE_COMMON}!" ${STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL}
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setTranslation.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setTranslation.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 1d6bad7..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Docbook/docbook_setTranslation.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# docbook_setTranslation.sh -- This function standardizes the way
-# translation files are applied to DocBook design models in order to
-# produce the translated instance that is used to expand translation
-# markers and produce different output formats.
-#
-# Assuming no translation file exists, an untranslated instance is
-# taken from the design model and created (i.e., just a copy) from it.
-# Using a design model instance (translated or not) is required in
-# order to expand translation markers safely.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function docbook_setTranslation {
-
-    # Print final location of translation file.
-    cli_printMessage "${TRANSLATION}" --as-translation-line
-
-    # Create translation instance to combine both template translation
-    # and licenses translations.
-    local TRANSLATION_INSTANCE=${TMPDIR}/messages.po
-    
-    # Define path to DocBook locales using models as reference.
-    local DOCBOOK_LOCALES=$(cli_getLocalizationDir "$DOCBOOK_MODELS")
-
-    # Define list of all locale files you want to combine. This
-    # include the localization files related to all different kind of
-    # licenses you want to use in the main documentation file and the
-    # localization file of the main documentation file, as well.
-    local DOCBOOK_PO_FILES="${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Locales/Documentation/Models/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gfdl/${CLI_LANG_LC}/messages.po \
-        ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Locales/Documentation/Models/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gpl/${CLI_LANG_LC}/messages.po \
-        ${TRANSLATION}"
-
-    # Be sure the files we want to combine do exist.
-    cli_checkFiles -e ${DOCBOOK_PO_FILES}
-
-    # Combine license translations with template translation in order
-    # to reuse licenses translations in template files without
-    # including them in template portable objects. In the case of
-    # DocBook templates, translations related to licenses are required
-    # because license content is expanded at execution time inside the
-    # DocBook instance used by XSL processor during transformation.
-    msgcat --output=${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE} \
-        --width=70 --no-location --use-first ${DOCBOOK_PO_FILES}
-
-    # At this point the translation instance with both licenses and
-    # manual translations have been saved. Now it is required to
-    # expand entities so it could be possible to create a translated
-    # instance with all the content inside.
-
-    # Print action message.
-    cli_printMessage "${INSTANCE}" --as-translating-line
-
-    # Create the translated instance of design model instance with all
-    # entities and translation markers expanded.
-    xml2po -a -l ${CLI_LANG_LL} \
-        -p ${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE} \
-        -o ${INSTANCE}-${CLI_LANG_LL}.tmp ${INSTANCE}
-
-    # Rename final instance so it can be treated as just instance. 
-    mv ${INSTANCE}-${CLI_LANG_LL}.tmp ${INSTANCE}
-
-    # Remove .xml2po.mo temporal file.
-    if [[ -f ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo ]];then
-        rm ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo
-    fi
-
-    # Verify instance existence.
-    cli_checkFiles -e $INSTANCE
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Conf/Scripts/conf_setBaseRendition.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Conf/Scripts/conf_setBaseRendition.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4962373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Conf/Scripts/conf_setBaseRendition.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# conf_setBaseRendition.sh -- This function standardizes base actions
+# related to image production through configuration files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function conf_setBaseRendition {
+
+    local COUNTER=0
+    local EXPORTID="CENTOSARTWORK"
+    local -a MODEL_INSTANCES
+    local -a IMAGE_INSTANCES 
+    local -a IMAGE_COMMANDS
+
+    # Define absolute path to output location. This is the location
+    # inside the working copy all images will be stored in.
+    local OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/${FGCOLOR}/${BGCOLOR}/${HEIGHT}/${FILENAME}
+
+    # Define which command will be used to output the template
+    # content. This is required because template files might be found
+    # as compressed files inside the repository.
+    local VIEWER="/bin/cat"
+
+    while [[ $COUNTER -lt ${#MODELS[*]} ]];do
+
+        # Verify existence and extension of design models.
+        cli_checkFiles ${MODELS[$COUNTER]} -f --match='\.(svgz|svg)$'
+
+        # Define file name for design model instances. We need to use
+        # a random string in from of it to prevent duplication.
+        # Remember that different files can have the same name in
+        # different locations. Use the correct file information.
+        MODEL_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]=${TMPDIR}/${RANDOM}-$(basename ${MODELS[$COUNTER]})
+
+        # Define file name for image instances. We need to use a
+        # random string in from of it to prevent duplication.
+        # Remember that different files can have the same name in
+        # different locations. Use the correct file information.
+        IMAGE_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]=${TMPDIR}/${RANDOM}-$(basename ${MODELS[$COUNTER]} \
+            | sed -r 's/\.(svgz|svg)$/.png/')
+
+        # Redefine command used to read design models.
+        if [[ $(file -b -i ${MODELS[$COUNTER]}) =~ '^application/x-gzip$' ]];then
+            VIEWER="/bin/zcat"
+        fi
+
+        # Create uncompressed design model instances in order to make
+        # color replacements without affecting original design models. 
+        $VIEWER ${MODELS[$COUNTER]} > ${MODEL_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]}
+
+        # Make your best to be sure the design model instance you are
+        # processing is a valid scalable vector graphic.
+        cli_checkFiles ${MODEL_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]} --mime="text/xml"
+
+        # Make color replacements to each design model instance before
+        # render them using Inkscape.
+        if [[ ${FGCOLOR} != '000000' ]];then
+            sed -i -r "s/((fill|stroke):#)000000/\1${FGCOLOR}/g" ${MODEL_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]}
+        fi
+
+        # Create list of Inkscape commands based for each design model
+        # set in the configuration file.
+        IMAGE_COMMANDS[${COUNTER}]="${MODEL_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]} \
+            --export-id=${EXPORTID} \
+            --export-png=${IMAGE_INSTANCES[$COUNTER]}  \
+            --export-background=$(echo ${BGCOLOR} | cut -d'-' -f1) \
+            --export-background-opacity=$(echo ${BGCOLOR} | cut -d'-' -f2) \
+            --export-height=${HEIGHT}"
+
+        # Create PNG image based on design models.
+        inkscape ${IMAGE_COMMANDS[$COUNTER]} > /dev/null
+
+        COUNTER=$(( $COUNTER + 1 ))
+
+    done
+
+    cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}" --as-creating-line
+
+    # Verify existence of output directory.
+    if [[ ! -d $(dirname ${OUTPUT}) ]];then
+        mkdir -p $(dirname ${OUTPUT})
+    fi
+
+    # Apply command to PNG images produced from design models to
+    # construct the final PNG image.
+    ${COMMAND} ${IMAGE_INSTANCES[*]} ${OUTPUT}
+
+    # Remove instances to save disk space. There is no need to have
+    # unused files inside the temporal directory. They would be
+    # consuming space unnecessarily. Moreover, there is a remote
+    # chance of name collapsing (because the huge number of files that
+    # would be in place and the week random string we are putting in
+    # front of files) which may produce unexpected results.
+    rm ${IMAGE_INSTANCES[*]} ${MODEL_INSTANCES[*]}
+
+    # Create path for different image formats creation using PNG image
+    # extension as reference.
+    local TARGET=$(echo ${OUTPUT} | sed -r "s/\.png$//")
+
+    # Convert images from PNG to those formats specified in the
+    # configuration file.
+    for FORMAT in ${FORMATS};do
+        cli_printMessage "${TARGET}.${FORMAT}" --as-creating-line
+        convert ${OUTPUT} ${TARGET}.${FORMAT}
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Conf/conf.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Conf/conf.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..269e016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Conf/conf.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# conf.sh -- This function standardizes the way images are produced
+# from configuration files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function conf {
+
+    # Initialize local variables.
+    local MODEL=''
+    local -a MODELS
+    local FORMAT=''
+    local HEIGHT=''
+    local FGCOLOR=''
+    local BGCOLOR=''
+
+    # Define list with all section names. These are the final file
+    # names we want to produce images for.
+    local FILENAME=''
+    local FILENAMES=$(cli_getConfigSectionNames $TEMPLATE)
+
+    for FILENAME in $FILENAMES;do
+
+        # Retrieve models you want to produce the image from.  Notice
+        # that relative path passed in this option must point to one
+        # existent file inside the working copy.
+        for MODEL in $(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "models");do
+            MODELS[((++${#MODELS[*]}))]=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/${MODEL}
+        done
+
+        # Retrieve formats you want to produce the image for. This
+        # variable contains one or more image format supported by
+        # ImageMagick.  For example, `xpm', `jpg', 'tiff', etc.
+        local FORMATS=$(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "formats")
+        if [[ -z ${FORMATS} ]];then
+            FORMATS="xpm pdf jpg tif"
+        fi
+        
+        # Retrieve heights you want to produce the image for. This
+        # variable contains one or more numerical values. For example,
+        # `16', `24', `32', etc.
+        local HEIGHTS=$(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "heights")
+        if [[ -z ${HEIGHTS} ]];then
+            HEIGHTS="16 20 22 24 32 36 38 40 48 64 72 78 96 112 124 128 148 164 196 200 512"
+        fi
+
+        # Retrieve foreground colors you want to produce the image
+        # for. This variable contains one or more color number in
+        # hexadecimal format. For example, `000000', `ffffff', etc.
+        local FGCOLORS=$(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "fgcolors")
+        if [[ -z ${FGCOLORS} ]];then
+            FGCOLORS="000000"
+        fi
+
+        # Retrieve background colors you want to produce the image
+        # for. This variable contains one or more color number in
+        # hexadecimal format with opacity information included.
+        # Opacity is specified between 0.0 and 1.0 where 0.0 is full
+        # transparency and 1.0 full opacity. For example, the
+        # following values are accepted: `000000-0', `ffffff-1', etc.
+        local BGCOLORS=$(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "bgcolors") 
+        if [[ -z ${BGCOLORS} ]];then
+            BGCOLORS="000000-0"
+        fi
+
+        # Retrieve command-line you want execute to produce the image.
+        # For example, `/usr/bin/convert +append'
+        local COMMAND=$(cli_getConfigValue "$TEMPLATE" "$FILENAME" "command") 
+        if [[ -z ${COMMAND} ]];then
+            COMMAND=/bin/cp
+        fi
+
+        for FGCOLOR in $FGCOLORS;do
+
+            # Verify value passed as foreground color.
+            cli_checkFiles ${FGCOLOR} --match="^[a-fA-F0-9]{3,6}$"
+
+            for BGCOLOR in $BGCOLORS;do
+
+                # Verify value passed as background color.
+                cli_checkFiles ${BGCOLOR} --match="^[a-fA-F0-9]{6}-(0|1)$"
+
+                for HEIGHT in $HEIGHTS;do
+
+                    # Verify value passed as height.
+                    cli_checkFiles ${HEIGHT} --match="^[[:digit:]]+$"
+
+                    # Do base rendition actions.
+                    conf_setBaseRendition
+
+                done
+            done
+        done
+
+        # Reset models list to prevent it from growing for each file
+        # name (configuration section) iteration and create this way
+        # unexpected images as final result.
+        unset MODELS
+
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionText.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionText.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7c4673c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionText.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertToText.sh -- This function takes the XHTML file produced
+# by docbook_setConversionXhtml and produces one plain-text file (i.e.,
+# without markup inside).
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook_setConversionText {
+
+    # Verify existence of HTML file. If `.xhtml' file doesn't exist
+    # don't create text file. The `.xhtml' file is required in order
+    # to create the `.txt' file.
+    if [[ ! -f ${FILE}.xhtml ]];then
+       return 
+    fi
+
+    local COMMAND=''
+    local OPTIONS=''
+
+    # Define the command path to text-based web browser and options
+    # used to produce plain-text files. Most of these programs have a
+    # dump option that print formatted plain-text versions of given
+    # HTML file to stdout.
+    if [[ -x '/usr/bin/lynx' ]];then
+        COMMAND='/usr/bin/lynx'
+        OPTIONS='-force_html -nolist -width 70 -dump'
+    elif [[ -x '/usr/bin/elinks' ]];then
+        COMMAND='/usr/bin/elinks'
+        OPTIONS='-force_html -no-numbering -no-references -width 70 -dump'
+    elif [[ -x '/usr/bin/w3m' ]];then
+        COMMAND='/usr/bin/w3m'
+        OPTIONS='-dump'
+    fi
+
+    if [[ $COMMAND != '' ]];then
+
+        # Print action message.
+        if [[ -f ${FILE}.txt ]];then
+            cli_printMessage "${FILE}.txt" --as-updating-line
+        else
+            cli_printMessage "${FILE}.txt" --as-creating-line
+        fi
+
+        # Convert from HTML to plain-text without markup.
+        ${COMMAND} ${OPTIONS} ${FILE}.xhtml > ${FILE}.txt
+
+    else
+        cli_printMessage "`gettext "No way to convert from XHTML to plain-text found."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionXhtml.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionXhtml.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1c9f0a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionXhtml.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# docbook_setConversionXhtml.sh -- This function uses DocBook XML as input
+# and applies XSL stylesheets to produce a big XHTML files as output.
+# The procedure was taken from the documentation of
+# `docbook-style-xsl-1.69.1-5.1' package, which says: ---To publish
+# HTML from your XML documents, you just need an XSL engine.---.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook_setConversionXhtml {
+
+    local -a STYLE_TEMPLATE
+    local -a STYLE_INSTANCE
+    local STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=''
+
+    # Define absolute path to DocBook source file. This is the
+    # repository documentation manual file where DOCTYPE and ENTITY
+    # definition lines are set.
+    local SOURCE_FILE=${1}
+
+    # Define absolute path to xhtml target file. This is the final
+    # location the xhtml file produced as result of DocBook to xhtml
+    # transformation will be stored in.
+    local TARGET_FILE=${FILE}-xhtml/$(basename ${FILE}).xhtml
+
+    # Define absolute path to xhtml target file directory. This is the
+    # location the xhtml target file will be sotred in.
+    local TARGET_FILE_DIR=$(dirname ${TARGET_FILE})
+
+    # Print action message.
+    if [[ -f ${FILE}.xhtml ]];then
+        cli_printMessage "${TARGET_FILE}" --as-updating-line
+    else
+        cli_printMessage "${TARGET_FILE}" --as-creating-line
+    fi
+
+    # Prepare XSL final instances used in transformations.
+    docbook_setStyles $(cli_getFilesList \
+        ${DOCBOOK_XSL} --pattern='^.*/docbook2xhtml-(single|common)\.xsl$')
+
+    # Clean up output directory. This is required in order to prevent
+    # old files from remaining therein when they are no longer needed.
+    if [[ -d ${TARGET_FILE_DIR} ]];then
+        rm -r "${TARGET_FILE_DIR}"
+    fi 
+    mkdir ${TARGET_FILE_DIR}
+
+    # Transform DocBook XML to XHTML suppressing all stderr output.
+    xsltproc --output ${TARGET_FILE} ${STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL} ${SOURCE_FILE} &> /dev/null
+
+    # Create `css' and `images' directories. In order to save disk
+    # space, these directories are linked (symbolically) to their
+    # respective locations inside the working copy. 
+    ln -fs ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Webenv/Themes/Default/Docbook/1.69.1/Css ${TARGET_FILE_DIR}/Css
+    ln -fs ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Webenv ${TARGET_FILE_DIR}/Images
+
+    # Remove XSL instance files.
+    rm ${STYLE_INSTANCE[*]}
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4caf61f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks.sh -- This function uses DocBook XML as
+# input and applies XSL stylesheets to produce a directory with many
+# XHTML files as output.  The procedure was taken from the
+# documentation of `docbook-style-xsl-1.69.1-5.1' package, which says:
+# ---To publish HTML from your XML documents, you just need an XSLT
+# engine.---.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks {
+
+    local -a STYLE_TEMPLATE
+    local -a STYLE_INSTANCE
+    local STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=''
+
+    # Define absolute path to DocBook source file. This is the
+    # repository documentation manual file where DOCTYPE and ENTITY
+    # definition lines are set.
+    local SOURCE_FILE=${1}
+
+    # Define absolute path to XHTML target file. This is the final
+    # location the XHTML file produced as result of DocBook to PDF
+    # transformation will be stored in.
+    local TARGET_FILE="${FILE}-xhtml-chunks/"
+
+    # Clean up output directory. This is required in order to prevent
+    # old files from remaining therein when they are no longer needed.
+    if [[ -d ${TARGET_FILE} ]];then
+        rm -r "${TARGET_FILE}"
+    fi 
+    mkdir ${TARGET_FILE}
+
+    # Print action message.
+    cli_printMessage "${TARGET_FILE}" --as-creating-line
+
+    # Prepare XSL final instances used in transformations.
+    docbook_setStyles $(cli_getFilesList \
+        ${DOCBOOK_XSL} --pattern='^.*/docbook2xhtml-(chunks|common)\.xsl$')
+
+    # Transform DocBook XML to XHTML suppressing all stderr output.
+    xsltproc --output ${TARGET_FILE} ${STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL} ${SOURCE_FILE} &> /dev/null
+
+    # Create `css' and `images' directories. In order to save disk
+    # space, these directories are linked (symbolically) to their
+    # respective locations inside the working copy. Be sure to remove
+    # previous links first to prevent a recursive creation of links.
+    ln -sf ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Webenv/Themes/Default/Docbook/1.69.1/Css ${TARGET_FILE}/Css
+    ln -sf ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Webenv ${TARGET_FILE}/Images
+
+    # Remove XSL instance files.
+    rm ${STYLE_INSTANCE[*]}
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f639e93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf.sh -- This function transforms DocBook
+# files which have set the XML DTD in them.  To produce PDF from
+# DocBook XML DTD, we need an XSLT engine (e.g., through `xsltproc'
+# command) to produce formatting objects (FO), which then must be
+# processed with an FO engine (e.g., through `pdfxmltex' command,
+# which uses PassiveTex) to produce the PDF output.
+#
+# In this configuration and using default configuration settings, I've
+# presented the following problems:
+#
+# 1. Something is wrong with headings. They are not expanded along the
+# whole page-body. They seem to be rendered in a reduced width (1 inch
+# approximately). This provokes the heading to be broken in a
+# two-to-five letters column and sometimes it overlaps the sectioning
+# titles (e.g., chapter, section). I tried to customize the value of
+# `header.column.widths' and `page.margin.top' but it seems to be not
+# there where I need to touch.
+#
+# 2. TOC's indentation is not rendered. Even the `toc.indent.width'
+# property is set to 24 by default.
+#
+# 3. Inside lists, when items are more than one line, the indentation
+# seems to work for the first line only.  All other lines in the same
+# item are not indented and begin completely unaligned.
+#
+# 4. Long file paths near the end of page-body aren't hyphenated.
+# Even the `hyphenate' property is set to `true' by default.
+#
+# In this configuration and using default configuration settings, I've
+# presented the following advantages:
+#
+# 1. It is possible to produce localized PDF outputs through
+# `xml2po', the default way of producing localized content inside
+# the `centos-art.sh' script.
+#
+# To make the whole process transparent, a temporal directory is
+# created for intermediate works and final files are moved then to
+# their final location.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf {
+
+    # Print action message.
+    cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pdf" --as-creating-line
+
+    local -a STYLE_TEMPLATE
+    local -a STYLE_INSTANCE
+    local STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=''
+
+    # Define absolute path to DocBook source file. This is the
+    # repository documentation manual file where DOCTYPE and ENTITY
+    # definition lines are set.
+    local SRC=${INSTANCE}
+
+    # Define absolute path to PDF target file. This is the final
+    # location the PDF file produced as result of DocBook to PDF
+    # transformation will be stored in.
+    local DST="${FILE}.pdf"
+
+    # Define file name of formatting object (.fo) file. This file is
+    # an intermediate file needed to produced the PDF.
+    local FO=$(echo ${INSTANCE} | sed -r 's/docbook$/fo/g')
+
+    # Define file name of PDF file.  This is the file we were looking
+    # for and the one moved, once produced.
+    local PDF=$(echo ${INSTANCE} | sed -r 's/docbook$/pdf/g')
+
+    # Prepare XSL final instances used in transformations.
+    docbook_setStyles "${DOCBOOK_XSL}/docbook2fo.xsl"
+
+    # Create link to `Images' directory. This is the directory where
+    # images used by documentation are stored in. Be sure to remove
+    # previous links first to prevent a recursive creation of links.
+    ln -sf ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Webenv $(dirname ${INSTANCE})/Images
+
+    # Create formatting object suppressing output from stderr.
+    xsltproc --output ${FO} ${STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL} ${SRC} 2> /dev/null
+
+    # Create PDF format from formatting object. Because we are using
+    # relative path to access `Images', it is necessary to move the
+    # directory stack into the temporal directory where instance files
+    # are created. Otherwise, the location used to load images will
+    # fail.
+    if [[ $? -eq 0 ]];then
+        pushd $(dirname ${INSTANCE}) > /dev/null
+        xmlto -o $(dirname ${FILE}) pdf ${FO}
+        popd > /dev/null
+    else 
+        cli_printMessage "`gettext "Cannot produce the PDF file."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setExpansionLicenses.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setExpansionLicenses.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..cb3a032
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setExpansionLicenses.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# docbook_setExpansionLicenses.sh -- This function modifies the final
+# DocBook instance to add license information. We are doing this way
+# because using XInclude doesn't work and we want to reuse license
+# information in all documents. So, if we cannot link the files, we
+# modify the final instance and append the license information to it.
+# Later, to reuse translation messages, the locale functionality takes
+# care of merging po files related to licenses into documentation po
+# file so changes made to licenses translations will also be available
+# to documentation manuals in different languages.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook_setExpansionLicenses {
+
+    local INSTANCE=$1
+
+    # Define absolute path to DocBook models.
+    local DOCBOOK_MODELS="${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Documentation/Models/Docbook"
+
+    # Define list of files holding licenses you want to include. Note
+    # even this files are not inside the documentation structure
+    # itself, they are connected with it. The files holding license
+    # information does contain id information used inside the
+    # documentation structure at cross references.
+    local LICENSES="${DOCBOOK_MODELS}/Default/Licenses/Gpl/gpl.docbook \
+        ${DOCBOOK_MODELS}/Default/Licenses/Gfdl/gfdl.docbook"
+
+    # Define top level structure in the instance. This is the tag
+    # defined in the second field of DOCTYPE definition.
+    local DOCTYPE=$(egrep '^<!DOCTYPE ' $INSTANCE | egrep '^<!DOCTYPE' \
+        | gawk '{ print $2 }')
+
+    # Define temporal file to store license block.
+    local BLOCK=$(cli_getTemporalFile "licenses.docbook")
+
+    # Build license block into memory.
+    BLOCK="<!-- Licenses -->\n"
+    BLOCK="${BLOCK}\n<part id=\"licenses\">\n"
+    BLOCK="${BLOCK}\n<title>`gettext "Licenses"`</title>\n"
+    BLOCK="${BLOCK}\n$(cat ${LICENSES} | sed -r '/<\?xml/,/]>/d')\n"
+    BLOCK="${BLOCK}\n</part>\n"
+    BLOCK="${BLOCK}\n<!-- Back matter -->\n"
+
+    # Expand the licenses section. Remove everything in-between
+    # Licenses and Back matter comment. Recreate the comments to
+    # support further actualizations and concatenate license
+    # information without their document type definitions preamble.
+    # This is required in order to prevent validation errors and reuse
+    # (through locale functionality) the translation messages already
+    # available for these license files. Finally, close any open tag.
+    sed -r -i -e "/<!-- Licenses -->/,/<!-- Back matter -->/c$(echo ${BLOCK})" $INSTANCE
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..090e09c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities.sh -- This function expands system
+# entities required by DocBook projects stored under
+# `Documentation/Manuals' directory.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities {
+
+    # Define absolute path to instance where all operations will take
+    # place in.
+    local INSTANCE=$1
+
+    # Define absolute path to both common and specific system
+    # entities.
+    local ENTITIES_PATHS="$(cli_getFilesList ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Documentation/Models/Docbook/Default/Book $(dirname ${TEMPLATE}) \
+        --pattern='^.*/[[:alpha:]-]+\.ent$' --maxdepth=1 --mindepth=1 --type='f')"
+
+    # Build definition of both common and specific system entities.
+    local ENTITIES="$(\
+        for ENTITY_PATH in $ENTITIES_PATHS;do
+            local ENTITY_NAME=$(basename ${ENTITY_PATH})
+            echo '\n\t<!ENTITY % '${ENTITY_NAME}' SYSTEM "'${ENTITY_PATH}'">\n'
+            echo '\t%'${ENTITY_NAME}';'
+        done)"
+
+    # Define both xml and docbook public definition.
+    local PREAMBLE="<?xml version=\"1.0\" ?>"
+    PREAMBLE="${PREAMBLE}\n<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN\" "
+    PREAMBLE="${PREAMBLE}\n\t\"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd\" ["
+    PREAMBLE="${PREAMBLE}\n${ENTITIES}"
+    PREAMBLE="${PREAMBLE}\n\t]>"
+
+    # Remove both xml and docbook preamble from instance and insert
+    # it again with definitions of required common and specific system
+    # entities.
+    sed -r -i "1,2c$(echo $PREAMBLE)" ${INSTANCE}
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setLastRendition.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setLastRendition.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7205cd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setLastRendition.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# docbook_setLastRendition.sh -- This function performs last-rendition
+# actions for DocBook files. These are the actions that take
+# base-rendition and post-rendition output as input to produce output
+# from it.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook_setLastRendition {
+
+    # Presently, there is no last-rendition action for DocBook base
+    # rendition but the function should exist for consistency with
+    # other formats.
+    return
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setPostRendition.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setPostRendition.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..30afef9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setPostRendition.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# docbook_setPostRendition.sh -- This function performs post-rendition
+# actions for DocBook files. These are the actions that take
+# base-rendition output as input to producing output from it.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook_setPostRendition {
+
+    # Presently, there is no post-rendition action for DocBook base
+    # rendition but the function should exist for consistency with
+    # other formats.
+    return
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setStyles.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setStyles.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8700f0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setStyles.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# docbook_setStyles.sh -- This function prepares styles' final
+# instances, used in transformations and based on XSL or DSL
+# templates.  There might be translation markers inside the XSL and
+# DSL templates that need to be expanded before they can be used for
+# transformations.  This function creates temporal instances of XSL
+# and DSL templates with translation markers expanded inside so as for
+# transformation commands (e.g., `xmltproc' or `openjade' through
+# `docbook2pdf') to use as style definition.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook_setStyles {
+
+    local STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE=''
+    local STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILES=$@
+    local STYLE_INSTANCE_COMMON=''
+    local COUNT=0
+
+    for STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE in $STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILES;do
+
+        STYLE_TEMPLATE[((++${#STYLE_TEMPLATE[*]}))]="${STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE}"
+        STYLE_INSTANCE[((++${#STYLE_INSTANCE[*]}))]="$(cli_getTemporalFile ${STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE})"
+
+        # Keep track of array's real index value. Remember, it starts
+        # at zero but counting starts at 1 instead. So, subtracting 1
+        # from counting we have the real index value we need to work
+        # with the information stored in the array.
+        COUNT=$(( ${#STYLE_INSTANCE[*]} - 1 ))
+
+        # Create style instance from style template.
+        cp ${STYLE_TEMPLATE[$COUNT]} ${STYLE_INSTANCE[$COUNT]}
+
+        # Define both final an common style instances based on style
+        # templates.
+        if [[ $STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE =~ 'docbook2fo\.xsl$' ]];then
+            STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=${STYLE_INSTANCE[$COUNT]}
+        elif [[ $STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE =~ 'docbook2pdf\.dsl$' ]];then
+            STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=${STYLE_INSTANCE[${COUNT}]}
+        elif [[ $STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE =~ 'docbook2xhtml-(chunks|single)\.xsl$' ]];then
+            STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL=${STYLE_INSTANCE[${COUNT}]}
+        elif [[ $STYLE_TEMPLATE_FILE =~ 'docbook2xhtml-common\.xsl$' ]];then
+            STYLE_INSTANCE_COMMON=${STYLE_INSTANCE[${COUNT}]}
+        fi
+
+    done
+
+    # Verify style final instance. This is the file used by
+    # transformation command (`xsltproc' or `openjade') to produce the
+    # specified output. We cannot continue without it.
+    cli_checkFiles -e $STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL
+
+    # Expand common translation markers in the common style instance,
+    # if it exists.
+    if [[ -f $STYLE_INSTANCE_COMMON ]];then
+        cli_expandTMarkers $STYLE_INSTANCE_COMMON
+    fi
+
+    # Expand specific translation markers in final style instance.
+    sed -r -i "s!=STYLE_XHTML_COMMON=!${STYLE_INSTANCE_COMMON}!" ${STYLE_INSTANCE_FINAL}
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setTranslation.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setTranslation.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1d6bad7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/Scripts/docbook_setTranslation.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# docbook_setTranslation.sh -- This function standardizes the way
+# translation files are applied to DocBook design models in order to
+# produce the translated instance that is used to expand translation
+# markers and produce different output formats.
+#
+# Assuming no translation file exists, an untranslated instance is
+# taken from the design model and created (i.e., just a copy) from it.
+# Using a design model instance (translated or not) is required in
+# order to expand translation markers safely.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook_setTranslation {
+
+    # Print final location of translation file.
+    cli_printMessage "${TRANSLATION}" --as-translation-line
+
+    # Create translation instance to combine both template translation
+    # and licenses translations.
+    local TRANSLATION_INSTANCE=${TMPDIR}/messages.po
+    
+    # Define path to DocBook locales using models as reference.
+    local DOCBOOK_LOCALES=$(cli_getLocalizationDir "$DOCBOOK_MODELS")
+
+    # Define list of all locale files you want to combine. This
+    # include the localization files related to all different kind of
+    # licenses you want to use in the main documentation file and the
+    # localization file of the main documentation file, as well.
+    local DOCBOOK_PO_FILES="${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Locales/Documentation/Models/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gfdl/${CLI_LANG_LC}/messages.po \
+        ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Locales/Documentation/Models/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gpl/${CLI_LANG_LC}/messages.po \
+        ${TRANSLATION}"
+
+    # Be sure the files we want to combine do exist.
+    cli_checkFiles -e ${DOCBOOK_PO_FILES}
+
+    # Combine license translations with template translation in order
+    # to reuse licenses translations in template files without
+    # including them in template portable objects. In the case of
+    # DocBook templates, translations related to licenses are required
+    # because license content is expanded at execution time inside the
+    # DocBook instance used by XSL processor during transformation.
+    msgcat --output=${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE} \
+        --width=70 --no-location --use-first ${DOCBOOK_PO_FILES}
+
+    # At this point the translation instance with both licenses and
+    # manual translations have been saved. Now it is required to
+    # expand entities so it could be possible to create a translated
+    # instance with all the content inside.
+
+    # Print action message.
+    cli_printMessage "${INSTANCE}" --as-translating-line
+
+    # Create the translated instance of design model instance with all
+    # entities and translation markers expanded.
+    xml2po -a -l ${CLI_LANG_LL} \
+        -p ${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE} \
+        -o ${INSTANCE}-${CLI_LANG_LL}.tmp ${INSTANCE}
+
+    # Rename final instance so it can be treated as just instance. 
+    mv ${INSTANCE}-${CLI_LANG_LL}.tmp ${INSTANCE}
+
+    # Remove .xml2po.mo temporal file.
+    if [[ -f ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo ]];then
+        rm ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo
+    fi
+
+    # Verify instance existence.
+    cli_checkFiles -e $INSTANCE
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/docbook.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/docbook.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0cb4d7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Docbook/docbook.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# docbook.sh -- This function performs base-rendition actions for
+# DocBook files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function docbook {
+
+    # Define absolute path to XSL files used for transforming DocBook
+    # into other formats.
+    local DOCBOOK_XSL="${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Webenv/Themes/Default/Docbook/1.69.1/Xsl"
+
+    # Define absolute path to DocBook models. This path must take
+    # until the directory which holds the main documentation docbook
+    # file.
+    local DOCBOOK_MODELS="$(dirname ${TEMPLATE})"
+
+    # Verify absolute path to DocBook models.
+    cli_checkFiles ${DOCBOOK_MODELS} -d
+
+    # Create the non-translated instance of design model. 
+    cp ${TEMPLATE} ${INSTANCE}
+
+    # Expand common contents inside instance.
+    docbook_setExpansionLicenses ${INSTANCE}
+
+    # When translated instances are rendered, system entities (e.g.,
+    # `%entity-name;') don't appear in the translated instance (it
+    # seems that xml2po removes them) and this provokes DocBook
+    # validation to fail.  So in order to pass the validation
+    # successfully and automate the whole creation of system entities,
+    # don't let this duty ion users'. Instead, make centos-art.sh
+    # script responsible of it.
+    docbook_setExpansionSystemEntities ${INSTANCE}
+
+    # Print validating action.
+    cli_printMessage "${INSTANCE}" --as-validating-line
+
+    # Validate translated instance before processing it. This step is
+    # very important in order to detect document's malformations and
+    # warn you about it, so you can correct them. It is also necessary
+    # to save them in a new file in order to make translation markers
+    # expansion possible before transforming the DocBook instance into
+    # other formats.
+    xmllint --valid --noent ${INSTANCE} > ${INSTANCE}.tmp
+    if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
+        cli_printMessage "`gettext "Validation failed."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+    # Update instance to add translation markers expansion.
+    mv ${INSTANCE}.tmp ${INSTANCE}
+
+    # Expand translation markers on the temporal instance with
+    # entities already expanded.
+    cli_expandTMarkers ${INSTANCE}
+
+    # Verify translation file existence apply translation to docbook
+    # design model instance in order to produce the translated design
+    # model instance.
+    if [[ -f ${TRANSLATION} ]];then
+        docbook_setTranslation ${INSTANCE}
+    fi
+
+    # Convert DocBook source files to other formats.
+    docbook_setConversionXhtmlChunks ${INSTANCE}
+    docbook_setConversionXhtml ${INSTANCE}
+    docbook_setConversionText
+
+    # NOTE: The current transformation from DocBook to PDF fails when
+    # we started to use DocBook <index /> tags inside DocBook files.
+    # Probably we need to test what happen when a newer release of XSL
+    # is used. Thus, comment production of PDF files until it can be
+    # produced correctly.
+    #docbook_setConversionXml2Pdf
+
+    # NOTE: From version 5.0 on, DocBook specification is no longer a
+    # SGML specification but an XML specification only. Thus,
+    # transformations related to DocBook SGML specification won't be
+    # supported in `centos-art.sh' script.
+
+    # Perform format post-rendition.
+    docbook_setPostRendition
+
+    # Perform format last-rendition.
+    docbook_setLastRendition
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkColorAmount.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkColorAmount.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8d25900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkColorAmount.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_checkColorAmount.sh -- This function verifies whether the list
+# of colors provided in the first argument matches the amount of
+# colors specified by the second argument.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_checkColorAmount {
+
+    # Define list of colors. 
+    local COLORS=$1
+
+    # Define the amount of colors the list provided must have, in
+    # order to be considered as valid.
+    local NUMBER=$2
+
+    # Verify amount of colors provided in the list.
+    if [[ $(echo "$COLORS" |  wc -l) -ne $NUMBER ]];then
+        cli_printMessage "`gettext "The palette does not have the correct number of colors."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkColorFormats.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkColorFormats.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..19ddd9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkColorFormats.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_checkColorFormats.sh -- This function verifies formats of colors
+# (i.e., the way color information is specified).
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_checkColorFormats {
+
+    # Define short options.
+    local ARGSS=''
+
+    # Define long options.
+    local ARGSL='format:'
+
+    # Initialize pattern used for color sanitation.
+    local PATTERN='^#[0-9a-f]{6}$'
+
+    # Initialize arguments with an empty value and set it as local
+    # variable to this function scope. Doing this is very important to
+    # avoid any clash with higher execution environments.
+    local ARGUMENTS=''
+
+    # Prepare ARGUMENTS variable for getopt.
+    cli_parseArgumentsReDef "$@"
+
+    # Redefine ARGUMENTS using getopt(1) command parser.
+    cli_parseArguments
+
+    # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS variable.
+    eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+    # Look for options passed through positional parameters.
+    while true;do
+
+        case "$1" in
+
+            --format )
+
+                case "$2" in
+
+                    rrggbb|*)
+                        PATTERN='^#[0-9a-f]{6}$'
+                        ;;
+
+                esac
+                shift 2
+                ;;
+
+            -- )
+                shift 1
+                break
+                ;;
+        esac
+    done
+
+    # Define the location we want to apply verifications to.
+    local COLOR=''
+    local COLORS="$@"
+
+    # Loop through colors and perform format verification as specified
+    # by pattern.
+    for COLOR in $COLORS;do
+
+        if [[ ! $COLOR =~ $PATTERN ]];then
+            cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\"\\\$COLOR\\\" string is not a valid color code."`" --as-error-line
+        fi
+
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkModelAbsref.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkModelAbsref.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4775e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkModelAbsref.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_checkModelAbsref.sh -- This function retrives absolute files and
+# checks their existence. In order for design templates to point
+# different artistic motifs, design templates make use of external
+# files which point to specific artistic motif background images. If
+# such external files don't exist, try to create the background image
+# required by cropping a higher background image (e.g.,
+# 2048x1536-final.png).  If this isn't possible neither, then create
+# the background image using a plain color and crop from it then.  We
+# can't go on without the required background information.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_checkModelAbsref {
+
+    local FILE=''
+    local BG_DST_FILES=''
+    local BG_DST_FILE=''
+    local BG_DST_FILE_WIDTH=''
+    local BG_DST_FILE_HEIGHT=''
+    local BG_SRC_FILE=''
+    local BG_SRC_FILE_COLOR=''
+    local BG_SRC_FILE_WIDTH=''
+    local BG_SRC_FILE_HEIGHT=''
+
+    # Define absolute path to the translated instance of design model.
+    FILE="$1"
+
+    # Verify existence of file we need to retrive absolute paths from.
+    cli_checkFiles -e "$FILE"
+
+    # Retrive absolute paths from file.
+    BG_DST_FILES=$(egrep "(sodipodi:absref|xlink:href)=\"${HOME}.+" $FILE \
+        | sed -r "s,.+=\"(${HOME}.+\.png)\".*,\1," | sort | uniq)
+
+    # Verify absolute paths retrived from file.
+    for BG_DST_FILE in $BG_DST_FILES;do
+
+        # Print action message.
+        cli_printMessage "$BG_DST_FILE" --as-checking-line
+
+        # Verify parent directory of absolute files retrived from
+        # file. This is required to prevent the construction of paths
+        # to locations that don't exist. For example, when including
+        # background images in SVG files, it is possible that the path
+        # information inside SVG files get outdated temporarly. If in
+        # that exact moment, you try to render the SVG file it won't
+        # be possible to create the image used for cropping because
+        # the path build from the location inside SVG file doesn't
+        # exist. In this case, centos-art.sh script will end up with
+        # `file ... doesn't exist' errors.
+        cli_checkFiles -d "$(dirname ${BG_DST_FILE})"
+
+        if [[ ! -a $BG_DST_FILE ]];then
+  
+            # Define the source background file, the image file will
+            # crop when no specific background informatio be available
+            # for using. Generally, this is the most reusable
+            # background file inside the artistic motifs (e.g,.  the
+            # `2048x1536-final.png' file).  We can use this image file
+            # to create almost all artworks inside The CentOS
+            # Distribution visual manifestation when
+            # resolution-specific backgrounds don't exist. 
+            BG_SRC_FILE=$(echo $BG_DST_FILE \
+                | sed -r "s!(.+)/[[:digit:]]+x[[:digit:]]+(-final\.png)!\1/2048x1536\2!")
+
+            # Verify existence of source background file. If the file
+            # doesn't exist create it using The CentOS Project default
+            # background color information, as specified in its
+            # corporate identity manual.
+            if [[ ! -f $BG_SRC_FILE ]];then
+
+                # Define plain color that will be used as background.
+                BG_SRC_FILE_COLOR=$(svg_getColors)
+
+                # Verify format of color value.
+                svg_checkColorFormats $BG_SRC_FILE_COLOR --format='rrggbb'
+
+                # Define width for the source background file the
+                # required background information is cropped from.
+                BG_SRC_FILE_WIDTH=$(echo $BG_SRC_FILE \
+                    | sed -r 's!.+/([[:digit:]]+)x[[:digit:]]+-final\.png!\1!')
+
+                # Define height for the source background file the
+                # required background information is cropped from.
+                BG_SRC_FILE_HEIGHT=$(echo $BG_SRC_FILE \
+                    | sed -r 's!.+/[[:digit:]]+x([[:digit:]]+)-final\.png!\1!')
+
+                # Print action message.
+                cli_printMessage "${BG_SRC_FILE} ($BG_SRC_FILE_COLOR)" --as-creating-line
+
+                # Create the source background file.
+                ppmmake -quiet ${BG_SRC_FILE_COLOR} \
+                    ${BG_SRC_FILE_WIDTH} ${BG_SRC_FILE_HEIGHT} \
+                    | pnmtopng > ${BG_SRC_FILE}
+
+            fi
+
+            # Print action message.
+            cli_printMessage "$BG_SRC_FILE" --as-cropping-line
+
+            # Define the width of the required background information.
+            BG_DST_FILE_WIDTH=$(echo $BG_DST_FILE \
+                | sed -r 's!.+/([[:digit:]]+)x[[:digit:]]+-final\.png!\1!')
+
+            # Define the height of the required background information.
+            BG_DST_FILE_HEIGHT=$(echo $BG_DST_FILE \
+                | sed -r 's!.+/[[:digit:]]+x([[:digit:]]+)-final\.png!\1!')
+ 
+            # Create required backgrounnd information.
+            convert -quiet \
+                -crop ${BG_DST_FILE_WIDTH}x${BG_DST_FILE_HEIGHT}+0+0 \
+                ${BG_SRC_FILE} ${BG_DST_FILE}
+
+            # Verify required background information.
+            cli_checkFiles -e $BG_DST_FILE
+
+        fi
+
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkModelExportId.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkModelExportId.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2944195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_checkModelExportId.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_checkModelExportId.sh -- This function standardizes the export
+# id used inside svg files and the way of verify them.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_checkModelExportId {
+
+    local INSTANCE="$1"
+    local EXPORTID="$2"
+
+    # Verify instance.
+    cli_checkFiles -e $INSTANCE
+
+    # Verify export id.
+    if [[ $EXPORTID == '' ]];then
+        cli_printMessage "`gettext "The export id value cannot be empty."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+    # Check export id inside design templates.
+    grep "id=\"$EXPORTID\"" $INSTANCE > /dev/null
+    if [[ $? -gt 0 ]];then
+        cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "There is not export id (\\\$EXPORTID) inside \\\"\\\$TEMPLATE\\\"."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertGplToHex.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertGplToHex.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..51efe26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertGplToHex.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertGplToHex.sh -- This function takes one palette produced
+# by Gimp (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs the list of
+# hexadecimal colors and their respective index position the
+# `pnmtolss16' program needs (e.g., #RRGGBB=0 #RRGGBB=1 ... [all
+# values in the same line]).
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_convertGplToHex {
+
+    # Define path to GPL palette. This is the .gpl file we use to
+    # retrive color information from.
+    local PALETTE_GPL="$1"
+
+    # Define path to HEX palette. This is the palette used to stored
+    # the color information the `ppmtolss16' program needs.
+    local PALETTE_HEX="$2"
+
+    # Define the number of colors this function should return.
+    local NUMBER="$3"
+
+    # Define list of colors from GPL palette.
+    local COLORS=$(svg_getColors $PALETTE_GPL --head=$NUMBER --tail=$NUMBER)
+
+    # Verify number of colors returned in the list. They must match
+    # exactly the amount specified, no more no less. Sometimes, the
+    # list of colors may have less colors than it should have, so we
+    # need to prevent such palettes from being used.
+    svg_checkColorAmount "$COLORS" "$NUMBER"
+
+    # Verify format of colors.
+    svg_checkColorFormats "$COLORS" --format='rrggbb'
+
+    # Create list of colors to be processed by `pnmtolss16'.
+    echo "$COLORS" | nl | gawk '{ printf "%s=%d ", $2, $1 - 1 }' \
+        > $PALETTE_HEX
+
+    # Verify HEX palette existence.
+    cli_checkFiles -e $PALETTE_HEX
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertGplToPpm.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertGplToPpm.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..559127b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertGplToPpm.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertGplToPpm.sh -- This function takes one palette produced
+# by Gimp (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs one PPM file based
+# on it (e.g., syslinux.ppm).
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_convertGplToPpm {
+
+    local -a FILES
+    local COUNT=0
+
+    # Define path to GPL palette. This is the .gpl file we use to
+    # retrive color information from.
+    local PALETTE_GPL="$1"
+
+    # Define path to PPM palette. This is the .ppm file we'll save
+    # color information to.
+    local PALETTE_PPM="$2"
+
+    # Define the number of colors this function should return.
+    local NUMBER="$3"
+
+    # Define list of colors from GPL palette.
+    local COLOR=''
+    local COLORS=$(svg_getColors "$PALETTE_GPL" --head=$NUMBER --tail=$NUMBER --format='rrrggbb')
+
+    # Verify amount of colors in the list of colors.
+    svg_checkColorAmount "$COLORS" "$NUMBER"
+
+    # Verify format of colors.
+    svg_checkColorFormats $COLORS --format='rrggbb'
+
+    # Create temporal images (of 1x1 pixel each) to store each color
+    # retrived from Gimp's palette. 
+    for COLOR in $COLORS;do
+        FILES[$COUNT]=$(cli_getTemporalFile ${COUNT}.ppm)
+        ppmmake $COLOR 1 1 > ${FILES[$COUNT]}
+        COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+    done
+
+    # Concatenate each temporal image from left to right to create the
+    # PPM file.
+    pnmcat -lr ${FILES[*]} > $PALETTE_PPM
+
+    # Remove temporal images used to build the PPM palette file.
+    rm ${FILES[*]}
+
+    # Verify PPM palette existence.
+    cli_checkFiles -e "$PALETTE_PPM"
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngTo.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngTo.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9fad7ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngTo.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertPngTo.sh -- This function provides post-rendition actions
+# to use the `convert' command of ImageMagick tool set.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_convertPngTo {
+
+    # Initialize image formats.
+    local FORMAT=''
+    local FORMATS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2')
+
+    # Convert from PNG to specified formats.
+    for FORMAT in $FORMATS;do
+        cli_printMessage "${FILE}.${FORMAT}" --as-savedas-line
+        convert -quality 85 ${FILE}.png ${FILE}.${FORMAT}
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToBranded.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToBranded.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8ffba47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToBranded.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertPngToBranded.sh -- This function standardizes image
+# branding. Once the base PNG image is rendered and the
+# `--with-brands' option is provided, this function composites a new
+# branded image using the preferences set in the related
+# `branding.conf' file.  The `branding.conf' file must be stored
+# inside the related design model component used as reference to
+# produce the base PNG image.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_convertPngToBranded {
+
+    # Verify whether the option `--with-brands' was provided or not to
+    # `centos-art.sh' script command-line.
+    if [[ $FLAG_WITH_BRANDS == 'false' ]];then
+        return
+    fi
+
+    local BRANDING_CONF_FILE=''
+    local BRANDING_CONF_SECTION=''
+    local BRANDING_CONF_VALUES=''
+    local BRANDING_CONF_VALUE=''
+    local BRANDFILE=''
+    local POSITION=''
+    local POSITIONS=''
+
+    # Define absolute path to branding configuration file.
+    BRANDING_CONF_FILE="$(dirname ${TEMPLATE})/branding.conf"
+
+    # Verify absolute path to branding configuration file. This is
+    # required in order to avoid trying to render branded content
+    # which doesn't have an associated `branding.conf' file. If there
+    # is no associated `branding.conf' file don't stop the script
+    # execution. Instead, continue with the next action in the list.
+    # This is required in order to perform massive rendition inside
+    # structures like themes where components might or might not have
+    # `branding.conf' files associated. For example, the `Concept'
+    # component doesn't have branding information associated but most
+    # elements inside `Distro' component do.
+    if [[ ! -f "$BRANDING_CONF_FILE" ]];then
+        continue
+    fi
+
+    # Define regular expression matching the variable name (i.e., the
+    # left column), inside the configuration line, you want to match
+    # on.
+    BRANDING_CONF_VARNAME=$(basename ${TEMPLATE})
+
+    # Define list of configuration lines related to current design
+    # model. This are the lines that tell us how and where to apply
+    # branding information on base PNG image. Be sure that only
+    # configuration lines from supported section names (e.g.,
+    # `symbol', `type', `logo') be read, no need to waste resources
+    # with others.
+    BRANDING_CONF_VALUES=$(\
+        for BRANDING_CONF_SECTION in $(echo "types symbols logos");do
+            cli_getConfigValue "${BRANDING_CONF_FILE}" "${BRANDING_CONF_SECTION}" "${BRANDING_CONF_VARNAME}"
+        done)
+
+    for BRANDING_CONF_VALUE in $BRANDING_CONF_VALUES;do
+
+        # Define absolute path to image file used as brand. This is
+        # the image put over the PNG image produced as result of
+        # design models base rendition.
+        BRANDFILE=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Brands/$(echo $BRANDING_CONF_VALUE \
+            | gawk 'BEGIN{ FS=":" } { print $1 }' )
+
+        # Verify absolute path to image file used as brand. Assuming
+        # no brand image file is found, continue with the next
+        # configuration line.
+        if [[ ! -f $BRANDFILE ]];then
+            continue
+        fi
+
+        # Define list of positions using the format of ImageMagick
+        # `-geometry' option argument. 
+        POSITIONS=$(echo "$BRANDING_CONF_VALUE" | cut -d: -f2- | tr ':' ' ')
+
+        # Loop through list of brand image positions and use the
+        # composite command from ImageMagick, to overlap the unbranded
+        # image just rendered with the branded version of itself.
+        for POSITION in $POSITIONS;do
+            composite -geometry ${POSITION} ${BRANDFILE} ${FILE}.png ${FILE}.png
+        done
+
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToDm.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToDm.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4ba8b10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToDm.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertPngToDm.sh -- This function standardize production of
+# display managers (e.g., Gdm and Kdm). This function copies all files
+# needed into a temporal directory, realize expansion of translation
+# markers and packs all the files into a tar.gz package that is used
+# for installation. This function must be used as last-rendition
+# action for Gdm and Kdm directory specific base-rendition actions.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_convertPngToDm {
+
+    # Print separator line.
+    cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line
+
+    # Initialize source and destination local variables.
+    local SRC=''
+    local DST=''
+
+    # Initialize display manager type.
+    local DM=$(render_getConfigOption "${ACTION}" '2')
+
+    # Initialize screen resolutions used by display manager theme.
+    # These are the different screen resolutions a display manager
+    # theme is built for. The amount of screen resolution a display
+    # manager theme can be built for is limited to the amount of
+    # background files provided by the artistic motif used to build
+    # the display manager theme.
+    local RESOLUTION=''
+    local RESOLUTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "${ACTION}" '3')
+
+    # Verify screen resolutions. We cannot produce display manager
+    # theme if no screen resolution has been specified.
+    if [[ "$RESOLUTIONS" == '' ]];then
+        cli_printMessage "`gettext "There is no resolution information to process."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+    # Initialize theme information we are going to build the display
+    # manager theme for.
+    local THEME=$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif)
+    local THEME_NAME=$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif-name)
+
+    # Initialize temporal directory where we collect all files needed
+    # in order to create the tar.gz file. This intermediate step is
+    # also needed in order to expand translation markers from XML and
+    # Desktop definitions.
+    local TMPDIR=$(cli_getTemporalFile 'dm')
+
+    # Initialize source location for brands. This is the place where
+    # brand information, needed to build the display manager theme, is
+    # retrieved from.
+    local BRAND_BASEDIR=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Brands
+
+    # Initialize source location for artistic motif's backgrounds.
+    # This is the place where background information needed to ubild
+    # the display manager theme is retrieved from.
+    local BGS=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Themes/${THEME}/Backgrounds/Img/Png
+
+    # Initialize file variables. File variables are used build and
+    # process the file relation between source and target locations. 
+    local FILE=''
+    local FILES=''
+
+    # Define major release from template.
+    local MAJOR_RELEASE=$(cli_getPathComponent "$TEMPLATE" "--release-major")
+
+    # Define file relation between source and target locations, based
+    # on whether we are producing GDM or KDM. Use the colon character
+    # (`:') as separator; on the left side we put the file's source
+    # location and in the right side the file's target location.
+    # Presently, both GDM and KDM are very similar on files with the
+    # exception that GDM does use icons near actions buttons (e.g.,
+    # shutdown, reboot, session, language) and KDM doesn't.
+    case ${DM} in
+
+        Gdm )
+            FILES="\
+            ${BRAND_BASEDIR}/Symbols/48/${TCAR_BRAND}.png:${TCAR_BRAND}-symbol.png
+            ${OUTPUT}/screenshot.png:screenshot.png
+            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.xml:${THEME_NAME}.xml
+            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.desktop:GdmGreeterTheme.desktop
+            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-language.png:icon-language.png
+            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-reboot.png:icon-reboot.png
+            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-session.png:icon-session.png
+            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-shutdown.png:icon-shutdown.png
+            "
+            ;;
+            
+        Kdm )
+            FILES="\
+            ${BRAND_BASEDIR}/Symbols/48/${TCAR_BRAND}.png:${TCAR_BRAND}-symbol.png
+            ${OUTPUT}/screenshot.png:screenshot.png
+            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.xml:${THEME_NAME}.xml
+            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.desktop:GdmGreeterTheme.desktop
+            "
+            ;;
+
+        * )
+            cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\"\\\$DM\\\" display manager is not supported yet."`" --as-error-line
+            ;;
+    esac
+
+    for FILE in $FILES;do
+
+        # Define source location.
+        SRC=$(echo $FILE | cut -d: -f1)
+
+        # Define target location.
+        DST=${TMPDIR}/${THEME_NAME}/$(echo $FILE | cut -d: -f2)
+
+        # Verify source files.
+        cli_checkFiles -e $SRC
+
+        # Verify parent directory for target file.
+        if [[ ! -d $(dirname $DST) ]];then
+            mkdir -p $(dirname $DST)
+        fi
+
+        # Copy files from source to target location.
+        cp ${SRC} ${DST}
+
+        # Expand translation markers.
+        if [[ ${DST} =~ "\.(xml|desktop)$"  ]];then
+            cli_expandTMarkers "${DST}"
+        fi
+
+    done
+
+    # Move into temporal directory.
+    pushd $TMPDIR > /dev/null
+
+    for RESOLUTION in $RESOLUTIONS;do
+
+        # Verify background information. If it doesn't exist go on
+        # with the next one in the list.
+        if [[ ! -f $BGS/${RESOLUTION}-final.png ]];then
+            continue
+        fi
+
+        # Print action message.
+        if [[ -f ${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz ]];then
+            cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}/${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz" --as-updating-line
+        else
+            cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}/${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz" --as-creating-line
+        fi
+
+        # Copy background information.
+        cp $BGS/${RESOLUTION}-final.png ${THEME_NAME}/background.png
+
+        # Create tar.gz file.
+        tar -czf ${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz ${THEME_NAME}
+
+        # Move from temporal directory to its final location.
+        mv ${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz ${OUTPUT}
+
+    done
+
+    # Return to where we were initially.
+    popd > /dev/null
+
+    # Remove temporal directory.
+    rm -r ${TMPDIR}
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToGrub.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToGrub.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..00da4d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToGrub.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertPngToGrub.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
+# action used to produce GRUB images.
+#
+# Initially, the color information is defined with GIMP (The GNU Image
+# Manipulation Program) as a `.gpl' palette of color. This palette of
+# colors contains 14 colors only and is saved in a file named
+# `grub.gpl.  The `grub.gpl' file is used to build the `grub.ppm' file
+# which provide the color information needed to reduce the full color
+# PNG image, produced as result of SVG base-rendition, to the amount
+# of colors specified (i.e., 14 colors). Later, with the 14 color PNG
+# image already created, the `grub.ppm' file is used to build the
+# `splash.xpm.gz' file.
+#
+# In order for this function to work, the `grub.gpl' file should have
+# a format similar to the following:
+#
+# GIMP Palette
+# Name: CentOS-TreeFlower-4-Syslinux
+# Columns: 14
+# #
+# 32  76 141	204c8d
+# 36  82 146	245292
+# 52  93 152	345d98
+# 72 108 162	486ca2
+# 102 131 176	6683b0
+# 126 153 190	7e99be
+# 146 170 200	92aac8
+# 161 182 209	a1b6d1
+# 182 199 219	b6c7db
+# 202 214 228	cad6e4
+# 221 230 238	dde6ee
+# 235 241 245	ebf1f5
+# 246 251 254	f6fbfe
+# 254 255 252	fefffc
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_convertPngToGrub {
+
+    # Define number of colors the images will be produced on.
+    local COLORS='14'
+
+    # Define options using those passed to actions from pre-rendition
+    # configuration script. These options are applied to pnmremap when
+    # doing color reduction, so any option available for pnmremap
+    # command can be passed to renderSyslinux functionality.
+    local OPTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
+
+    # Check options passed to action. This is required in order to
+    # aviod using options used already in this script. For example
+    # -verbose and -mapfile options.
+    for OPTION in $OPTIONS;do
+        # Remove anything after equal sign inside option.
+        OPTION=$(echo -n $OPTION | cut -d'=' -f1)
+        if [[ "$OPTION" =~ "-(mapfile|verbose)" ]];then
+            cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\"\\\$OPTION\\\" option is already used."`" --as-error-line
+        fi
+    done
+
+    # Define file name prefix.
+    local PREFIX="-${COLORS}c"
+
+    # Redefine file name prefix using options as reference. This is
+    # useful to differenciate final files produced using
+    # Floyd-Steinberg dithering and files which are not.
+    if [[ "$OPTIONS" =~ '-floyd' ]];then
+        PREFIX="${PREFIX}-floyd"
+    fi
+
+    # Define logs' file. Log files are stored in the same place of
+    # images and are used to store output information produced by
+    # programs when the image files are built up.
+    local LOGS=${FILE}${PREFIX}.log
+
+    # Define absolute path to GPL palette.  This palettes should have
+    # 14 colors only. For more information on this see the GRUB's
+    # documentation.
+    local PALETTE_GPL=${MOTIF_DIR}/Palettes/grub.gpl
+
+    # Verify GPL palette existence. If it doesn't exist copy the one
+    # provided by the design model through subversion (to keep track
+    # of the change) and expand translation markers in the copied
+    # instance.
+    if [[ ! -f $PALETTE_GPL ]];then
+        cli_runFnEnvironment vcs --copy ${MODEL_BASEDIR}/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}/Palettes/grub.gpl ${PALETTE_GPL}
+        cli_expandTMarkers ${PALETTE_GPL}
+    fi
+
+    # Define absolute path to PPM palette. The PPM palette is built
+    # from source palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color
+    # information understood by `ppmremap', the program used to
+    # produce images in a specific amount of colors.
+    local PALETTE_PPM=$(cli_getTemporalFile "grub.ppm")
+
+    # Create image in Netpbm superformat (PNM). The PNM image file is
+    # created from the PNG image rendered previously as centos-art
+    # base-rendition output. The PNM image is an intermediate format
+    # used to manipulate images through Netpbm tools.
+    cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pnm" --as-savedas-line
+    pngtopnm -verbose \
+        < ${FILE}.png 2>${LOGS} > ${FILE}.pnm
+
+    # Print the path to GPL palette.
+    cli_printMessage "$PALETTE_GPL" --as-palette-line
+
+    # Create PPM palette using GPL palette.
+    svg_convertGplToPpm "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_PPM" "$COLORS"
+
+    # Reduce colors as specified in PPM palette.  Here we use the PPM
+    # palette to enforce the color position in the image index and the
+    # Floyd-Steinberg dithering in order to improve color reduction.
+    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm" --as-savedas-line
+    pnmremap -verbose -mapfile=$PALETTE_PPM $OPTIONS \
+        < ${FILE}.pnm 2>>${LOGS} > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm
+
+    # Remove PPM palette. It is no longer needed.
+    if [[ -f ${PALETTE_PPM} ]];then
+        rm $PALETTE_PPM
+    fi
+
+    # Create the 14 colors xpm.gz file.
+    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.xpm.gz" --as-savedas-line
+    ppmtoxpm \
+        < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm 2>>${LOGS} > ${FILE}.xpm \
+        && gzip --force ${FILE}.xpm \
+        && mv ${FILE}.xpm.gz ${FILE}${PREFIX}.xpm.gz
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToIcons.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToIcons.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1c4a1af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToIcons.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertPngToIcons.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
+# actions to produce icon images in different sizes and formats from
+# the same SVG design model.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_convertPngToIcons {
+
+    # Define height dimensions you want to produce brands for.
+    local SIZE=""
+    local SIZES="16 20 22 24 32 36 40 48 64 96 128 148 164 196 200 512"
+
+    # Define image formats you want to produce brands for.
+    local FORMAT=""
+    local FORMATS=""
+
+    for SIZE in ${SIZES};do
+
+        # Redefine absolute path to file location where size-specific
+        # images will be stored in.
+        local FINALFILE=$(dirname $FILE)/${SIZE}/$(basename $FILE)
+
+        # Prepare directory where size-specific images will be stored
+        # in. If it doesn't exist create it.
+        if [[ ! -d $(dirname $FINALFILE) ]];then
+            mkdir -p $(dirname $FINALFILE)
+        fi
+
+        # Print action message.
+        cli_printMessage "${FINALFILE}.png" --as-creating-line
+
+        # Create size-specific PNG image ommiting all output.
+        inkscape $INSTANCE --export-id=$EXPORTID \
+            --export-png=${FINALFILE}.png --export-height=${SIZE} \
+            &> /dev/null
+
+        #for FORMAT in ${FORMATS};do
+        #
+        #    # Print action message.
+        #    cli_printMessage "${FINALFILE}.${FORMAT}" --as-creating-line
+        #
+        #    # Convert size-specific PNG image into different formats.
+        #    convert ${FINALFILE}.png ${FINALFILE}.${FORMAT}
+        #
+        #done
+
+        # Create copy of size-specific image in 2 colors.
+        #cli_printMessage "${FINALFILE}.xbm" --as-creating-line
+        #convert -colorspace gray -colors 2 ${FINALFILE}.png ${FINALFILE}.xbm
+
+        # Create copy of size-specific image with emboss effect.
+        #cli_printMessage "${FINALFILE}-emboss.png" --as-creating-line
+        #convert -emboss 1 ${FINALFILE}.png ${FINALFILE}-emboss.png
+
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToKsplash.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToKsplash.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..091245d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToKsplash.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertPngToKsplash.sh -- This function collects KDE splash
+# (KSplash) required files and creates a tar.gz package that groups
+# them all together. Use this function as last-rendition action for
+# KSplash base-rendition action.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_convertPngToKsplash {
+
+    local -a SRC
+    local -a DST
+    local FONT=''
+    local COUNT=0
+
+    # Define font used to print bottom splash message.
+    FONT=$(svg_getTTFont "DejaVuLGCSans-Bold")
+
+    # Check existence of font file.
+    cli_checkFiles -e "$FONT"
+
+    # Define absolute source location of files.
+    SRC[0]="${OUTPUT}/splash_top.png"
+    SRC[1]="${OUTPUT}/splash_active_bar.png"
+    SRC[2]="${OUTPUT}/splash_inactive_bar.png"
+    SRC[3]="${OUTPUT}/splash_bottom.png"
+    SRC[4]="$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/Theme.rc"
+
+    # Check absolute source location of files.
+    cli_checkFiles -e "${SRC[@]}"
+
+    # Define relative target location of files.
+    DST[0]="${OUTPUT}/splash_top.png"
+    DST[1]="${OUTPUT}/splash_active_bar.png"
+    DST[2]="${OUTPUT}/splash_inactive_bar.png"
+    DST[3]="${OUTPUT}/splash_bottom.png"
+    DST[4]="${OUTPUT}/Theme.rc"
+
+    # Print action message.
+    cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}/Preview.png" --as-creating-line
+
+    # Create `Preview.png' image.
+    convert -append ${SRC[0]} ${SRC[1]} ${SRC[3]} ${OUTPUT}/Preview.png
+
+    # Add bottom text to Preview.png image. The text position was set
+    # inside an image of 400x300 pixels. If you change the final
+    # preview image dimension, you probably need to change the text
+    # position too.
+    mogrify -draw 'text 6,295 "KDE is up and running."' \
+        -fill \#ffffff \
+        -font $FONT \
+        ${OUTPUT}/Preview.png
+
+    # Copy `Theme.rc' file.
+    cp ${SRC[4]} ${DST[4]}
+
+    # Apply common translation markers to Theme.rc file.
+    cli_expandTMarkers "${DST[4]}"
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToSyslinux.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToSyslinux.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d04b0a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToSyslinux.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertPngToSyslinux.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
+# action used to produce LSS16 images, the images used by isolinux.
+#
+# Initially, the color information is defined with GIMP (The GNU Image
+# Manipulation Program) as a `.gpl' palette of color. This palette of
+# colors contains 16 colors only and is saved in a file named
+# `syslinux.gpl.  The `syslinux.gpl' file is used to build two other
+# files: the `syslinux.ppm' file and the `syslinux.hex' file. The
+# `syslinux.ppm' provides the color information needed to reduce the
+# full color PNG image, produced as result of SVG base-rendition, to
+# the amount of colors specified (i.e., 16 colors). Later, with the 16
+# color PNG image already created, the `syslinux.hex' file is used to
+# build the LSS16 image.
+#
+# In order to produce images in LSS16 format correctly, it is required
+# that both the `syslinux.ppm' and `syslinux.hex' files do contain the
+# same color information. This is, both `syslinux.ppm' and
+# `syslinux.hex' must represent the same color values and in the same
+# color index.
+#
+# In order for this function to work, the `syslinux.gpl' file should
+# have a format similar to the following:
+#
+# GIMP Palette
+# Name: CentOS-TreeFlower-4-Syslinux
+# Columns: 16
+# #
+# 32  76 141	204c8d
+# 37  82 146	255292
+# 52  94 153	345e99
+# 73 110 162	496ea2
+# 91 124 172	5b7cac
+# 108 136 180	6c88b4
+# 120 146 186	7892ba
+# 131 158 193	839ec1
+# 255 255 255	ffffff
+# 146 170 200	92aac8
+# 162 182 209	a2b6d1
+# 183 199 219	b7c7db
+# 204 216 230	ccd8e6
+# 221 229 238	dde5ee
+# 235 241 245	ebf1f5
+# 246 251 254	f6fbfe
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_convertPngToSyslinux {
+
+    # Define number of colors the images will be produced on.
+    local COLORS='16'
+
+    # Define options using those passed to actions from pre-rendition
+    # configuration script. These options are applied to pnmremap when
+    # doing color reduction, so any option available for pnmremap
+    # command can be passed to renderSyslinux functionality.
+    local OPTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
+
+    # Check options passed to action. This is required in order to
+    # aviod using options already used in this script. For example
+    # -verbose and -mapfile options.
+    for OPTION in $OPTIONS;do
+        # Remove anything after equal sign inside option.
+        OPTION=$(echo $OPTION | cut -d'=' -f1)
+        if [[ "$OPTION" =~ "-(mapfile|verbose)" ]];then
+            cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\"\\\$OPTION\\\" option is already used."`" --as-error-line
+        fi
+    done
+
+    # Define default file name prefix for 16 colors images.
+    local PREFIX="-${COLORS}c"
+
+    # Re-define 16 colors images default file name prefix using
+    # options as reference. This is useful to differenciate final
+    # files produced using Floyd-Steinberg dithering and final files
+    # which are not.
+    if [[ "$OPTIONS" =~ '-floyd' ]];then
+        PREFIX="${PREFIX}-floyd"
+    fi
+
+    # Define logs' file. Log files are stored in the same place of
+    # images and are used to store output information produced by
+    # programs when the image files are built up.
+    local LOGS=${FILE}${PREFIX}.log
+
+    # Define absolute path to GPL palette. The GPL palette defines the
+    # color information used to build syslinux images.  This palette
+    # should be set to 16 colors and, as specified in isolinux
+    # documentation, the background color should be indexed on
+    # position 0 and the forground in position 7 (see
+    # /usr/share/doc/syslinux-X.XX/isolinux.doc, for more
+    # information.)
+    local PALETTE_GPL=${MOTIF_DIR}/Palettes/syslinux.gpl
+
+    # Verify GPL palette existence. If it doesn't exist copy the one
+    # provided by the design model through subversion (to keep track
+    # of the change) and expand translation markers in the copied
+    # instance.
+    if [[ ! -f $PALETTE_GPL ]];then
+        cli_runFnEnvironment vcs --copy ${MODEL_BASEDIR}/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}/Palettes/syslinux.gpl ${PALETTE_GPL}
+        cli_expandTMarkers ${PALETTE_GPL}
+    fi
+
+    # Define absolute path to PPM palette. The PPM palette is built
+    # from source palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color
+    # information understood by `ppmremap', the program used to
+    # produce images in a specific amount of colors.
+    local PALETTE_PPM=$(cli_getTemporalFile "syslinux.ppm")
+
+    # Define the HEX palette. The HEX palette is built from source
+    # palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color information in the
+    # format understood by `ppmtolss16', the program used to produce
+    # images in LSS16 format.  The HEX palette stores just one line
+    # with the color information as described in isolinux
+    # documentation (i.e #RRGGBB=0 #RRGGBB=1 ... [all values in the
+    # same line])
+    local PALETTE_HEX=$(cli_getTemporalFile "syslinux.hex")
+
+    # Create image in Netpbm superformat (PNM). The PNM image file is
+    # created from the PNG image rendered previously as centos-art
+    # base-rendition output. The PNM image is an intermediate format
+    # used to manipulate images through Netpbm tools.
+    cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pnm" --as-savedas-line
+    pngtopnm -verbose \
+        < ${FILE}.png 2>${LOGS} > ${FILE}.pnm
+
+    # Print the path to GPL palette.
+    cli_printMessage "$PALETTE_GPL" --as-palette-line
+
+    # Create PPM palette using GPL palette.
+    svg_convertGplToPpm "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_PPM" "$COLORS"
+ 
+    # Create HEX palette using GPL palette.
+    svg_convertGplToHex "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_HEX" "$COLORS"
+
+    # Reduce colors as specified in PPM palette.  Here we use the PPM
+    # palette to enforce the color position in the image index and the
+    # Floyd-Steinberg dithering in order to improve color reduction.
+    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm" --as-savedas-line
+    pnmremap -verbose -mapfile=$PALETTE_PPM $OPTIONS \
+        < ${FILE}.pnm 2>> ${LOGS} > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm
+
+    # Create LSS16 image. 
+    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss" --as-savedas-line
+    ppmtolss16 $(cat $PALETTE_HEX) \
+        < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm 2>>${LOGS} > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss
+     
+    # Remove HEX palette. It is no longer needed.
+    if [[ -f ${PALETTE_HEX} ]];then
+        rm $PALETTE_HEX
+    fi
+
+    # Create PPM image indexed to 16 colors. Also the colormap used in
+    # the LSS16 image is saved on ${FILE}.log; this is useful to
+    # verify the correct order of colors in the image index.
+    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm" --as-savedas-line
+    lss16toppm -map \
+        < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss 2>>${LOGS} > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm
+
+    # Create PNG image indexed to 16 colors.
+    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.png" --as-savedas-line
+    pnmtopng -verbose \
+        < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm 2>>${LOGS} > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.png
+      
+    # Remove PPM palette. It is no longer needed.
+    if [[ -f ${PALETTE_PPM} ]];then
+        rm $PALETTE_PPM
+    fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToThumbnail.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToThumbnail.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..52dcf3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_convertPngToThumbnail.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_convertPngToThumbnail.sh -- This function provides
+# post-rendition to create thumbnails from images produced by
+# centos-art base-rendition.  Thumbnails are created in PNG and JPG
+# format for you to decide which is the more appropriate one. When no
+# size is specified, thumbnails are created at 250 pixels width and
+# height is automatically calculated to match the image ratio.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_convertPngToThumbnail {
+
+    # Get image size.
+    local SIZE=''
+    local SIZES=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
+
+    # Check image sizes and do convertion.
+    if [[ "$SIZES" == "" ]];then
+        SIZES='250'
+    fi
+
+    # Check base file existence.
+    cli_checkFiles -e "${FILE}.png"
+
+    # Create thumbnails.
+    for SIZE in $SIZES;do
+        cli_printMessage "${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.png" --as-savedas-line
+        convert -thumbnail ${SIZE} ${FILE}.png ${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.png
+        cli_printMessage "${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.jpg" --as-savedas-line
+        convert -thumbnail ${SIZE} ${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.png ${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.jpg
+        cli_printMessage "${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.pdf" --as-savedas-line
+        convert -thumbnail ${SIZE} ${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.png ${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.pdf
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doLastActions.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doLastActions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5562eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doLastActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_doLastActions.sh -- This function performs last-rendition
+# actions for SVG files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_doLastActions {
+
+    # Verify position of file being produced in the list of files been
+    # currently processed.
+    if [[ $THIS_FILE_DIR == $NEXT_FILE_DIR ]];then
+        return
+    fi
+
+    local ACTION=''
+
+    # Redefine SVG last-rendition actions as local to avoid undesired
+    # concatenation when massive rendition is performed.
+    local -a LASTACTIONS
+
+    # Define SVG directory-specific actions. This is required in order
+    # to provide a predictable way of producing content inside the
+    # repository and save you the time of writing long several
+    # commands each time you need to produce images inside the
+    # repository.
+    if [[ $FLAG_DONT_DIRSPECIFIC == 'false' ]];then
+        if [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern)/Gdm/.+\.svg$" ]];then
+            LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToDm:Gdm:800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1360x768 2048x1536 2560x1240'
+        elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern)/Kdm/.+\.svg$" ]];then
+            LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToDm:Kdm:800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1360x768 2048x1536 2560x1240'
+        elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern)/Ksplash/.+\.svg$" ]];then
+            LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToKsplash:'
+        fi
+    fi
+
+    # Define SVG last-rendition actions. Since last-rendition makes
+    # use of all files in the output directory structure and
+    # directory-specific rendition modifies all the files in the
+    # output directory structure as well, these actions must be
+    # defined after the directory-specific definition. Otherwise,
+    # modifications impossed by these actions may interfier the whole
+    # purpose of having a directory-specific rendition.
+    [[ $FLAG_LASTRENDITION != '' ]] && LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]="doLastActions:(png|jpg):${FLAG_LASTRENDITION}"
+
+    # At this point centos-art.sh should be producing the last file
+    # from the same unique directory structure, so, before producing
+    # images for the next directory structure lets execute the list of
+    # last-rendition actions for the current directory structure. 
+    for ACTION in "${LASTACTIONS[@]}"; do
+        svg_$(echo "$ACTION" | cut -d: -f1)
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doLastCommand.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doLastCommand.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..458ec6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doLastCommand.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_doLastCommand.sh -- This function standardizes the way
+# last-rendition commands are applied to base-rendition and
+# post-rendition outputs.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_doLastCommand {
+
+    # Define the file extensions. This value is a regular expression
+    # pattern which must match the file extensions that last-rendition
+    # actions will be applied to.
+    local EXTENSION=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2')
+
+    # Define the command string that will be evaluated as
+    # last-rendition action. Only commands that perform in-place
+    # modifications can be passed here.
+    local COMMAND=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '3-')
+
+    # Define the list of files to process. This value contain all the
+    # files in the output directory which extension match the
+    # extension pattern previously defined.
+    local FILE=''
+    local FILES=$(cli_getFilesList $OUTPUT --pattern="^.+\.${EXTENSION}$")
+
+    for FILE in $FILES;do
+
+        # Identify file before processing it. Only formats recognized
+        # by ImageMagick are supported. In case the file isn't
+        # supported by ImageMagick, continue with the next file in the
+        # list.
+        identify -quiet ${FILE} > /dev/null
+        if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
+            continue
+        fi
+
+        # Print action message.
+        cli_printMessage "${FILE}" --as-updating-line
+
+        # Execute mogrify action on all files inside the same
+        # directory structure.
+        eval ${COMMAND} ${FILE}
+
+        # Be sure the command was executed correctly. Otherwise stop
+        # script execution.
+        if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
+            exit
+        fi
+
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doPostActions.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doPostActions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..86b998e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doPostActions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_doPostActions.sh -- This function performs post-rendition
+# actions for SVG files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_doPostActions {
+
+    local ACTION=''
+
+    # Redefine SVG post-rendition actions as local to avoid undesired
+    # concatenation when massive rendition is performed.
+    local -a POSTACTIONS
+
+    # Define default comment written to base-rendition output.
+    local COMMENT="`gettext "Created in CentOS Artwork Repository"` ($(cli_printUrl '--svn')artwork/)"
+
+    # Define SVG post-rendition actions. Since these actions are
+    # applied to base-rendition output and base-rendition output is
+    # used as reference to perform directory-specific rendition, these
+    # action must be defined before directory-specific rendition.
+    # Otherwise it wouldn't be possible to propagate changes imposed
+    # by these actions to new files produced as result of
+    # directory-specific rendition.
+    POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="doPostCommand:png:mogrify -comment '$COMMENT'"
+    [[ $FLAG_POSTRENDITION != '' ]] && POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="doPostCommand:png:${FLAG_POSTRENDITION}"
+
+    # Define SVG directory-specific rendition. Directory-specfic
+    # rendition provides a predictable way of producing content inside
+    # the repository.
+    if [[ $FLAG_DONT_DIRSPECIFIC == 'false' ]];then
+
+        if [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Identity/(Models|Images)/Themes/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
+
+            POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="convertPngToBranded"
+
+            if [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Backgrounds/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
+                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngTo:jpg'
+                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='groupBy:png jpg'
+
+            elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Concept/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
+                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngTo:jpg pdf'
+                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToThumbnail:250'
+
+            elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern)/Syslinux/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
+                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToSyslinux:'
+                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToSyslinux:-floyd'
+
+            elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern)/Grub/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
+                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToGrub:'
+                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToGrub:-floyd'
+
+            elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Posters/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
+                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngTo:jpg pdf'
+            fi
+
+        elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Identity/Models/Icons/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
+            POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToIcons'
+
+        elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Identity/Models/Manuals.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
+            POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngTo:jpg pdf'
+
+        fi
+
+    fi
+
+    # Execute SVG post-rendition actions.
+    for ACTION in "${POSTACTIONS[@]}"; do
+        svg_$(echo "$ACTION" | cut -d: -f1)
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doPostCommand.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doPostCommand.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..42c7738
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doPostCommand.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_doPostCommand.sh -- This function standardizes the way
+# post-rendition commands are applied to base-rendition output.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_doPostCommand {
+
+    # Define the file extension of base-rendition output.
+    local EXTENSION=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2')
+
+    # Define the command string.
+    local COMMAND=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '3-')
+
+    # Verify the absolute path of base-rendition output.
+    cli_checkFiles -e ${FILE}.${EXTENSION}
+
+    # Execute the command string on base-rendition output.
+    eval $COMMAND ${FILE}.${EXTENSION}
+
+    # Be sure the command string was executed correctly. Otherwise
+    # stop the script execution.
+    if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
+        exit
+    fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doTranslation.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doTranslation.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2dc359e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_doTranslation.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_doTranslation.sh -- This function standardizes the way
+# translation files are applied to SVG design models in order to
+# produce the translated instance that is used to expand translation
+# markers and produce PNG output in different languages.
+#
+# Assuming no translation file exists, an untranslated instace is
+# taken from the design model and created (i.e., just a copy) from it.
+# Using a design model instance (translated or not) is required in
+# order to expand translation markers safetly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_doTranslation {
+
+    # Define which command will be used to output the template
+    # content. This is required because template files might be found
+    # as compressed files inside the repository.
+    local COMMAND="/bin/cat"
+    if [[ $(file -b -i $TEMPLATE) =~ '^application/x-gzip$' ]];then
+        COMMAND="/bin/zcat"
+    fi
+
+    # Move into template's directory in order to satisfy relative
+    # entities.  Take care that some XML documents (e.g., DocBook
+    # documents) can use entities relatively from their base
+    # locations. In order to process such documents, it is necessary
+    # to put the template directory up in the directory stack and
+    # create the instance from there. Thus, it is possible to expand
+    # relative entities correctly when validating the document.
+    pushd $(dirname $TEMPLATE) > /dev/null
+
+    # Verify translation file existence and create template
+    # instance accordingly.
+    if [[ -f ${TRANSLATION} ]];then
+
+        # Print final location of translation file.
+        cli_printMessage "${TRANSLATION}" --as-translation-line
+
+        # Create translation instance to combine both template
+        # translation and licenses translations.
+        local TRANSLATION_INSTANCE=${TMPDIR}/message.po
+    
+        # In the case of SVG and other files, license translations is
+        # not required so we don't combine it into the template
+        # translation.
+        cp ${TRANSLATION} ${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE}
+
+        # Create the translated instance of design model.
+        ${COMMAND} ${TEMPLATE} | xml2po -a -l ${CLI_LANG_LL} \
+            -p ${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE} -o ${INSTANCE} -
+
+        # Remove .xml2po.mo temporal file.
+        if [[ -f ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo ]];then
+            rm ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo
+        fi
+
+        # Remove instance created to store both licenses and template
+        # translations.
+        if [[ -f ${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE} ]];then
+            rm ${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE}
+        fi
+
+    else
+
+        # Create the non-translated instance of design model. 
+        ${COMMAND} ${TEMPLATE} > ${INSTANCE}
+
+    fi
+
+    # Return to where we were.
+    popd > /dev/null
+
+    # Verify instance existence.
+    cli_checkFiles -e $INSTANCE
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_getColors.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_getColors.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2b4ccd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_getColors.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_getColors.sh -- This function takes one palette produced by Gimp
+# (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs a list of colors in the
+# specified format. In order for this function to output the color in
+# the format specified, it is needed that the fourth column in the gpl
+# palette be set in the `rrggbb' format and the appropriate conversion
+# be implemented here.
+#
+# Notice that using both the `--head' and `--tail' options it is
+# possible to control how many consecutive items does the list of
+# colors is going to have.  It is possible to output all colors in the
+# list, or a consecutive range of them.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_getColors {
+
+    # Define short options.
+    local ARGSS=''
+
+    # Define long options.
+    local ARGSL='head:,tail:,format:'
+
+    # Initialize both head and tail values to return the first line of
+    # color information from the palette.
+    local HEAD=1
+    local TAIL=1
+
+    # Initialize format value used as default when no format option be
+    # provided.
+    local FORMAT='rrggbb'
+
+    # Initialize list of colors.
+    local COLORS=''
+
+    # Initialize arguments with an empty value and set it as local
+    # variable to this function scope. Doing this is very important to
+    # avoid any clash with higher execution environments.
+    local ARGUMENTS=''
+
+    # Prepare ARGUMENTS variable for getopt.
+    cli_parseArgumentsReDef "$@"
+
+    # Redefine ARGUMENTS using getopt(1) command parser.
+    cli_parseArguments
+
+    # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS variable.
+    eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+    # Look for options passed through positional parameters.
+    while true;do
+
+        case "$1" in 
+
+            --head )
+                HEAD=$2
+                shift 2
+                ;;
+
+            --tail )
+                TAIL=$2
+                shift 2
+                ;;
+
+            --format )
+                FORMAT=$2
+                shift 2
+                ;;
+
+            -- )
+                shift 1
+                break
+                ;;
+        esac
+    done
+
+    # Define path to gpl palette. This is the first file we use to
+    # retrieve color information from. Only the first file provided
+    # will be used.
+    local PALETTE=$(echo $@ | cut -d' ' -f1)
+
+    if [[ ! -f $PALETTE ]];then
+
+        # Define palette path inside the theme's artistic motif.
+        local MOTIF_PALETTE=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Themes/$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif)/Palettes/grub.gpl
+
+        # Define palette path inside the theme's design model.
+        local MODEL_PALETTE=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes/${THEME_MODEL_NAME}/Palettes/grub.gpl
+
+        # Redefine default background color using palettes provided by
+        # artistic motif first, and design model later. Assuming none
+        # of them is present, use The CentOS Project default color
+        # then.
+        if [[ -f $MOTIF_PALETTE ]];then
+            COLORS=$(svg_getColors $MOTIF_PALETTE --head=1 --tail=1)
+        elif [[ -f $MODEL_PALETTE ]];then
+            COLORS=$(svg_getColors $MODEL_PALETTE --head=1 --tail=1)
+        else
+            COLORS='#204c8d'
+        fi
+
+    else
+
+        # Retrieve the fourth column from GPL palette. The fourth
+        # column of a GPL palette contains the palette commentary
+        # field. The palette commentary field can be anything, but for
+        # the sake of our own convenience we use it to store the color
+        # value in hexadecimal format (e.g., rrggbb).  Notice that you
+        # can put your comments from the fifth column on using an
+        # space as field separator.
+        COLORS=$(sed -r '1,/^#/d' $PALETTE \
+            | awk '{ printf "%s\n", $4 }' | head -n $HEAD | tail -n $TAIL)
+
+    fi
+
+    # Implement color formats conversions from rrggbb to other formats
+    # that you might need to use.
+    for COLOR in $COLORS;do
+
+        case $FORMAT in
+
+            rrggbb|* )
+                if [[ ! $COLOR =~ '^#' ]];then
+                    COLOR="#${COLOR}"
+                fi
+                ;;
+
+        esac
+
+        # Output color value.
+        echo "$COLOR"
+
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_getTTFont.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_getTTFont.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..78b6050
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_getTTFont.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# cli_getFont.sh -- This function creates a list of all True Type
+# Fonts (TTF) installed in your workstation and returns the absolute
+# path of the file matching the pattern passed as first argument.
+# Assuming more than one value matches, the first one in the list is
+# used. In case no match is found, the function verifies if there is
+# any file in the list that can be used (giving preference to sans
+# files). If no file is found at this point, an error will be printed
+# out.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_getTTFont {
+
+    local -a FONT_PATTERNS
+    local FONT_PATTERN=''
+    local FONT_FILE=''
+
+    # Define list of patterns used to build the list of TTF files.
+    FONT_PATTERNS[((++${#FONT_PATTERNS[*]}))]="/${1}\.ttf$"
+    FONT_PATTERNS[((++${#FONT_PATTERNS[*]}))]="sans\.ttf$"
+    FONT_PATTERNS[((++${#FONT_PATTERNS[*]}))]="\.ttf$"
+
+    # Define directory location where fonts are installed in your
+    # workstation.
+    local FONT_DIR='/usr/share/fonts'
+
+    # Define list of all TTF files installed in your workstation.
+    local FONT_FILES=$(cli_getFilesList ${FONT_DIR} --pattern="^.+\.ttf$")
+
+    # Define TTF absolute path based on pattern. Notice that if the
+    # pattern matches more than one value, only the first one of a
+    # sorted list will be used.
+    for FONT_PATTERN in ${FONT_PATTERNS[@]};do
+       
+        FONT_FILE=$(echo "$FONT_FILES" | egrep ${FONT_PATTERN} \
+            | head -n 1)
+
+        if [[ -f $FONT_FILE ]];then
+            break
+        fi
+
+    done
+
+    # Output TTF absolute path.
+    if [[ -f $FONT_FILE ]];then
+        echo $FONT_FILE
+    else
+        cli_printMessage "`gettext "The font provided doesn't exist."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_groupBy.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_groupBy.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..25d334c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/Scripts/svg_groupBy.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg_groupBy.sh -- This function provides post-rendition action to
+# group files inside directories named as their file extensions.  For
+# example: if the current file is a .png file, it is moved inside a
+# Png/ directory; if the current file is a .jpg file, it is stored
+# inside a Jpg/ directory, and so on.
+#
+# For this function to work correctly, you need to specify which file
+# type you want to group. This is done in the post-rendition ACTIONS
+# array inside the appropriate `render.conf.sh' pre-configuration
+# script. This function cannot be used as last-rendition action.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg_groupBy {
+
+    local SOURCE=''
+    local TARGET=''
+
+    # Sanitate file types passed from render.conf.sh pre-rendition
+    # configuration script.
+    local FORMAT=''
+    local FORMATS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
+
+    for FORMAT in $FORMATS;do
+
+        # Redifine source file we want to move.
+        SOURCE=${FILE}.${FORMAT}
+
+        # Define target directory where source file will be moved
+        # into.
+        TARGET=$(dirname "$FILE")/$(cli_getRepoName $FORMAT -d)
+
+        # Check existence of source file.
+        cli_checkFiles -e $SOURCE
+
+        # Check existence of target directory.
+        if [[ ! -d $TARGET ]];then
+            mkdir -p $TARGET
+        fi
+
+        # Redifine file path to add file and its type.
+        TARGET=${TARGET}/$(cli_getRepoName $FILE -f).${FORMAT}
+
+        # Move file into its final location.
+        cli_printMessage "$TARGET" --as-movedto-line
+        mv ${SOURCE} ${TARGET}
+
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/svg.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/svg.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..df419c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Modules/Svg/svg.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# svg.sh -- This function performs base-rendition action for SVG
+# files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function svg {
+
+    # Apply translation to design model in order to produce the
+    # translated design model instance.
+    svg_doTranslation
+
+    # Expand translation markers inside design model instance.
+    cli_expandTMarkers ${INSTANCE}
+
+    # Initialize the export id used inside design templates. This
+    # value defines the design area we want to export.
+    local EXPORTID='CENTOSARTWORK'
+
+    # Verify the export id.
+    svg_checkModelExportId "$INSTANCE" "$EXPORTID" 
+
+    # Check existence of external files. Inside design templates and
+    # their instances, external files are used to refer the background
+    # information required by the design template. If such background
+    # information is not available the image is produced without
+    # background information. This is something that need to be
+    # avoided.
+    svg_checkModelAbsref "$INSTANCE"
+
+    # Render template instance using inkscape and save the output.
+    local INKSCAPE_OUTPUT="$(\
+        inkscape $INSTANCE --export-id=$EXPORTID --export-png=${FILE}.png)"
+
+    # Modify output from inkscape to fit the centos-art.sh script
+    # output visual style.
+    cli_printMessage "$(echo "$INKSCAPE_OUTPUT" | egrep '^Area' \
+        | sed -r "s!^Area!`gettext "Area"`:!")" --as-inkscape-line
+    cli_printMessage "$(echo "$INKSCAPE_OUTPUT" | egrep '^Background' \
+        | sed -r "s!^Background (RRGGBBAA):(.*)!`gettext "Background"`: \1 \2!")" --as-inkscape-line
+    cli_printMessage "$(echo "$INKSCAPE_OUTPUT" | egrep '^Bitmap saved as' \
+        | sed -r "s!^Bitmap saved as:!`gettext "Saved as"`:!")" --as-inkscape-line
+
+    # Perform format post-rendition.
+    svg_doPostActions
+
+    # Perform format last-rendition.
+    svg_doLastActions
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getConfigOption.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getConfigOption.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..dbf1937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getConfigOption.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_getConfigOption.sh -- This function standardizes the
+# configuration fields are retrived from some action-specific
+# definitions.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_getConfigOption {
+
+    # Initialize action string.
+    local ACTION="$1"
+
+    # Initialize field definition.
+    local FIELD="$2"
+
+    # Initialize configuration options.
+    local OPTION=''
+
+    # Check action string. The action string must be present in order
+    # for this function to work. It provides the information needed to
+    # retrive configurantion options from.
+    if [[ "$ACTION" == '' ]];then
+        cli_printMessage "`gettext "There is no action string to work with."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+    # Check field definition. The field definition must match any of
+    # the formats specified by the `-f' option of `cut' command.
+    if [[ ! "$FIELD" =~ '^([0-9]+|[0-9]+-|-[0-9]+|[0-9]+-[0-9]+)$' ]];then
+        cli_printMessage "`gettext "The field definition is not valid."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+    # Get configuration option from action string.
+    OPTION=$(echo -n "$ACTION" | cut -d: -f${FIELD})
+
+    # Sanitate configuration option retrived from action string.
+    OPTION=$(echo -n "${OPTION}" \
+        | sed -r 's!^ *!!g' \
+        | sed -r 's!( |,|;) *! !g' \
+        | sed -r 's! *$!!g')
+
+    # Print out the configuration option retrived from action string,
+    # only if it is not an empty value. Do not use `echo' or `printf'
+    # built-in commands here. Use the `cli_printMessage' functionality
+    # instead.  This is required in order to reverse the apostrophe
+    # codification accomplished when options were retrived from
+    # command-line (cli_parseArgumentsReDef) in the argument of
+    # options like `--post-rendition' and `--last-rendition'.
+    if [[ $OPTION != '' ]];then
+        cli_printMessage "$OPTION" --as-stdout-line
+    fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getDirOutput.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getDirOutput.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ffc475e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getDirOutput.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_getDirOutput.sh -- This function defines the final
+# absolute path the centos-art.sh script uses to store identity
+# contents produced at rendition time.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_getDirOutput {
+
+    # Define base output directory using design model path as
+    # reference.
+    OUTPUT=$(dirname $FILE | sed -r \
+        -e "s!Identity/Models!Identity/Images!" \
+        -e "s!Themes/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}!Themes/$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif)!" \
+        -e "s!Documentation/Models!Documentation/Manuals!" \
+        -e "s!/Models!!")
+
+    # By default, images rendered are stored under Identity/Images
+    # directory structure. But if an `Images/' directory exists in the
+    # current location use it instead.
+    if [[ -d "${OUTPUT}/Images" ]];then
+        OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/Images
+    fi
+
+    # Redefine base output directory to introduce specific information
+    # like release number and architecture. This information is
+    # require by directories (e.g., the `Media' directory inside
+    # themes and the `Documentation/Manuals/Docbook/Distro' directory
+    # ) whose need this information to be passed explicitly at the
+    # command-line through the `--releasever' and `--basearch'
+    # options.  Other directories take such information from the path
+    # they are stored in (e.g., the `Distro/5/Anaconda' directory
+    # inside themes.). So, we need to differentiate the way
+    # information like release numbers and architectures are retrieved
+    # in order to build the output path correctly at rendition time.
+    if [[ $OUTPUT =~ "^${MOTIF_DIR}/Media$" ]];then
+        OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/${FLAG_RELEASEVER}/${FLAG_BASEARCH}
+    elif [[ $OUTPUT =~ 'Documentation/Manuals/Docbook/Distro$' ]];then
+        OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/${FLAG_RELEASEVER}
+    else
+        OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}
+    fi
+
+    # Define whether to use or not locale-specific directory to store
+    # content, using current locale information as reference. As
+    # convection, when we produce content, only specific locations
+    # use locale-specific directories to organize language-specific
+    # content (e.g., Manuals, Anaconda, Installation media, etc.). All
+    # other locations do not use locale-specific directories to
+    # organize content. This convection is important in order for
+    # the `prepare' functionality of centos-art.sh script to produce
+    # content in the correct location. Otherwise, we might end up
+    # duplicating content (e.g., icons, brands, etc.) which doesn't
+    # have any translation, nor any need to be translated.
+    if [[ ! ${CLI_LANG_LC} =~ '^en' ]];then
+        OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/${CLI_LANG_LC}
+    fi
+
+    # Create final output directory, if it doesn't exist yet.
+    if [[ ! -d ${OUTPUT} ]];then
+        mkdir -p ${OUTPUT}
+    fi
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getDirTemplate.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getDirTemplate.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9c6058a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getDirTemplate.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_getDirTemplate.sh -- This function defines the way renderable
+# directories are processed inside the repository.  Inside the
+# repository, renderable directories are processed either through
+# direct or theme-specific rendition.
+#
+# Direct rendition takes one XML file from design model
+# (`Identity/Models') directory structure and produces one file
+# in `Identity/Images' directory strucutre. In this
+# configuration, the organization used to stored the design model is
+# taken as reference to build the path required to store the image
+# related to it under `Identity/Images' directory structure.
+#
+# Theme-specific rendition takes one design model from
+# `Identity/Models/Themes' directory structure to produce one or
+# more images in `Identity/Images/Themes/$THEME/$VERSION/$MODEL'
+# directory structure. In this configuration we have many different
+# artistic motifs that use one unique design model directory structure
+# as reference to produce images. 
+#
+# Since theme design models are unified to be reused by more
+# than one artistic motif, it is not possible to render artistic
+# motifs in a lineal manner (i.e., as we do with direct rendition)
+# because we need to establish the relation between the artistic motif
+# renderable directory structure and the design model first and that
+# relation happens when renderable directory structures inside
+# artistic motifs are processed individually.
+#
+# In the first rendition category, we use a design model directory
+# structure as reference to produce images one by one. In the second
+# rendition category, we can't use the same procedure because one
+# design model directory structure is used to produce several
+# renderable directory structures, not just one.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_getDirTemplate {
+
+    # Initialize design models location used as reference to process
+    # renderable directory structures.
+    TEMPLATE=$ACTIONVAL
+
+    # Define absolute path to input files using absolute path from
+    # output files.
+    if [[ -d ${TEMPLATE}/Models ]];then
+        TEMPLATE=${TEMPLATE}/Models
+    else
+        TEMPLATE=$(echo "$TEMPLATE" | sed -r \
+            -e "s!/Themes/$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif)!/Themes/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}!" \
+            -e "s!/(Manuals|Images)!/Models!")
+    fi
+
+    # Verify absolute path to input file. This verification is
+    # specially needed in those situations when the artistic motif
+    # directory structure has an organization different to that in
+    # design models directory structure. Since the path to design
+    # models is built from artistic motif directory structure, if
+    # artistic motifs directory structure is different from design
+    # model directory structure, as result we'll have a path to a
+    # design model that may not exist and that would make
+    # centos-art.sh script to fail. So, verify the absolute path to
+    # the input file and stop script execution if it doesn't exist.
+    cli_checkFiles -e $TEMPLATE
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getOptions.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getOptions.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6598f99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_getOptions.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_getOptions.sh -- This function interprets option parameters
+# passed to `render' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_getOptions {
+
+    # Define short options we want to support.
+    local ARGSS="h,q"
+
+    # Define long options we want to support.
+    local ARGSL="help,quiet,filter:,answer-yes,dont-dirspecific,releasever:,basearch:,post-rendition:,last-rendition:,theme-model:,with-brands,synchronize"
+
+    # Redefine ARGUMENTS using getopt(1) command parser.
+    cli_parseArguments
+
+    # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS variable.
+    eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
+
+    # Look for options passed through command-line.
+    while true; do
+
+        case "$1" in
+
+            -h | --help )
+                cli_runFnEnvironment help --read --format="texinfo" "tcar-fs::scripts:bash-functions-render"
+                shift 1
+                exit
+                ;;
+
+            -q | --quiet )
+                FLAG_QUIET="true"
+                shift 1
+                ;;
+
+            --filter )
+                FLAG_FILTER="$2"
+                shift 2
+                ;;
+
+            --answer-yes )
+                FLAG_ANSWER="true"
+                shift 1
+                ;;
+
+            --dont-dirspecific )
+                FLAG_DONT_DIRSPECIFIC="true"
+                shift 1
+                ;;
+
+            --post-rendition )
+                FLAG_POSTRENDITION="$2"
+                shift 2
+                ;;
+
+            --last-rendition )
+                FLAG_LASTRENDITION="$2"
+                shift 2
+                ;;
+
+            --basearch )
+                FLAG_BASEARCH="$2"
+                if [[ ! $FLAG_BASEARCH =~ $(cli_getPathComponent --architecture-pattern) ]];then
+                    cli_printMessage "`gettext "The architecture provided is not supported."`" --as-error-line
+                fi
+                shift 2
+                ;;
+
+            --releasever )
+                FLAG_RELEASEVER="$2"
+                if [[ ! $FLAG_RELEASEVER =~ $(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern) ]];then
+                    cli_printMessage "`gettext "The release version provided is not supported."`" --as-error-line
+                fi
+                shift 2
+                ;;
+
+            --theme-model )
+                FLAG_THEME_MODEL=$(cli_getRepoName $2 -d)
+                shift 2
+                ;;
+
+            --with-brands )
+                FLAG_WITH_BRANDS='true'
+                shift 1
+                ;;
+
+            --synchronize )
+                FLAG_SYNCHRONIZE='true'
+                shift 1
+                ;;
+
+            -- )
+                # Remove the `--' argument from the list of arguments
+                # in order for processing non-option arguments
+                # correctly. At this point all option arguments have
+                # been processed already but the `--' argument still
+                # remains to mark ending of option arguments and
+                # beginning of non-option arguments. The `--' argument
+                # needs to be removed here in order to avoid
+                # centos-art.sh script to process it as a path inside
+                # the repository, which obviously is not.
+                shift 1
+                break
+                ;;
+        esac
+    done
+
+    # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters. 
+    cli_parseArgumentsReDef "$@"
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBaseRendition.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBaseRendition.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8591dec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBaseRendition.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_setBaseRendition.sh -- This function performs base-rendition
+# action for all files.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_setBaseRendition {
+
+    local -a FILES
+    local FILE=''
+    local OUTPUT=''
+    local TEMPLATE=''
+    local TEMPLATES=''
+    local PARENTDIR=''
+    local TRANSLATION=''
+    local EXTERNALFILE=''
+    local EXTERNALFILES=''
+    local THIS_FILE_DIR=''
+    local NEXT_FILE_DIR=''
+    local RENDER_EXTENSION=''
+    local EXPORTID=''
+    local COUNT=0
+
+    # Verify default directory where design models are stored in.
+    cli_checkFiles -e "${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}"
+
+    # Redefine parent directory for current workplace.
+    PARENTDIR=$(basename "${ACTIONVAL}")
+ 
+    # Loop through list of supported file extensions. 
+    for RENDER_EXTENSION in ${RENDER_EXTENSIONS};do
+
+        # Redefine rendition format name based on supported file
+        # extension.
+        if [[ $RENDER_EXTENSION =~ '^(svgz|svg)$' ]];then
+            RENDER_FORMAT='svg'
+        elif [[ $RENDER_EXTENSION =~ '^(docbook)$' ]];then
+            RENDER_FORMAT='docbook'
+        elif [[ $RENDER_EXTENSION =~ '^(conf)$' ]];then
+            RENDER_FORMAT='conf'
+        else
+           cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\"\\\$RENDER_EXTENSION\\\" file extension is not supported yet."`" --as-error-line 
+        fi
+
+        # Redefine specific function export id. 
+        EXPORTID="${CLI_FUNCDIRNAM}/$(cli_getRepoName ${RENDER_FORMAT} -d)/$(cli_getRepoName ${RENDER_FORMAT} -f)"
+
+        # Define base location of template files using paths passed to
+        # centos-art.sh script as argument to.
+        render_getDirTemplate
+
+        # Verify whether or not the source location of the path
+        # provided as argument to centos-art.sh script accepts or not
+        # localization messages. Don't produce localized content for
+        # repository components that don't accept it.
+        if [[ ! ${CLI_LANG_LC} =~ '^en' ]];then
+            cli_runFnEnvironment locale --is-localizable ${TEMPLATE}
+        fi
+
+        # Define the list of files to process. Use an array variable
+        # to store the list of files to process. This make possible to
+        # realize verifications like: is the current base directory
+        # equal to the next one in the list of files to process?
+        # Questions like this let us to know when centos-art.sh is
+        # leaving a directory structure and entering another. This
+        # information is required in order for centos-art.sh to know
+        # when to apply last-rendition actions.
+        #
+        # Another issue is that some directories might be named as if
+        # they were files (e.g., using a render able extension like
+        # .docbook).  In these situations we need to avoid such
+        # directories from being interpreted as a render able file.
+        # For this, pass the `--type="f"' option when building the
+        # list of files to process in order to retrieve regular files
+        # only.
+        #
+        # Another issue to consider here is that, in some cases, both
+        # templates and outputs might be in the same location. In
+        # these cases localized content are stored in the same
+        # location where template files are retrieved from and we need
+        # to avoid using localized content from being interpreted as
+        # design models. In that sake, build the list of files to
+        # process using the files directly stored in the directory
+        # passed as argument to centos-art.sh command-line. Don't go
+        # recursively here.
+        #
+        # Another issue to consider here, is the way of restricting
+        # the list of files to process. We cannot expand the pattern
+        # specified by FLAG_FILTER with a `.*' here (e.g.,
+        # "${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}") because that would
+        # suppress any possibility from the user to specify just one
+        # file name in locations where more than one file with the
+        # same name as prefix exists (e.g., `repository.docbook',
+        # `repository-preamble.docbook' and
+        # `repository-parts.docbook').  Instead, pass filtering
+        # control to the user whom can use regular expression markup
+        # in the `--filter' option to decide whether to match
+        # `repository.docbook' only (e.g., through
+        # `--filter="repository"') or `repository-preamble.docbook'
+        # and `repository-parts.docbook' but not `repository.docbook'
+        # (e.g., through `--filter="repository-.*"').
+        if [[ ${RENDER_FORMAT} =~ "^docbook$" ]];then
+
+            # When the render format is docbook, don't build a list of
+            # files to process. Instead, build the absolute path of
+            # the main file used to render docbook from models to
+            # final output manuals. This file must be stored directly
+            # inside the main manual's directory and named as it but
+            # with all letters in lowercase.
+            for FILE in $(cli_getFilesList ${TEMPLATE} \
+                --maxdepth="1" --mindepth="1" \
+                --pattern="^.*$(cli_getRepoName ${TEMPLATE} -f)\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" \
+                --type="f");do
+                FILES[((++${#FILES[*]}))]=$FILE
+            done
+
+        elif [[ ${RENDER_FORMAT} =~ "^conf$" ]];then
+
+            # When the render format is conf, be sure it refers to
+            # image.conf files only. Other configuration files (e.g.,
+            # branding.conf) cannot be processed this way because
+            # their configuration options and values haven't any
+            # meaning in this context.
+            for FILE in $(cli_getFilesList ${TEMPLATE} \
+                --pattern="^.+/images\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" \
+                --type="f");do
+                FILES[((++${#FILES[*]}))]=$FILE
+            done
+
+        else
+
+            # For all other cases, build a list of files to process
+            # using the path value pass as argument.
+            for FILE in $(cli_getFilesList ${TEMPLATE} \
+                --pattern="^.+/${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" \
+                --type="f");do
+                FILES[((++${#FILES[*]}))]=$FILE
+            done
+
+        fi
+
+        # Verify list of files to process. Assuming no file was found,
+        # evaluate the next supported file extension.
+        if [[ ${#FILES[*]} -eq 0 ]];then
+            continue
+        fi
+
+        # Initialize format-specific functionalities.
+        cli_exportFunctions "${EXPORTID}"
+
+        # Start processing the base rendition list of FILES. Fun part
+        # approaching :-).
+        while [[ $COUNT -lt ${#FILES[*]} ]];do
+
+            # Define base file.
+            FILE=${FILES[$COUNT]}
+
+            # Define the base directory path for the current file being
+            # process.
+            THIS_FILE_DIR=$(dirname ${FILES[$COUNT]})
+
+            # Define the base directory path for the next file that will
+            # be process.
+            if [[ $(($COUNT + 1)) -lt ${#FILES[*]} ]];then
+                NEXT_FILE_DIR=$(dirname ${FILES[$(($COUNT + 1))]})
+            else
+                NEXT_FILE_DIR=''
+            fi
+
+            # Print separator line.
+            cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line
+
+            # Print action message based on file extension.
+            if [[ ${FILE} =~ 'images\.conf$' ]] && [[ $FLAG_WITH_BRANDS == 'true' ]];then
+                cli_printMessage "${FILE}" --as-processing-line
+            elif [[ ${FILE} =~ 'brands\.conf$' ]];then
+                continue
+            else
+                cli_printMessage "${FILE}" --as-template-line
+            fi
+
+            # Verify design models file existence. We cannot continue
+            # with out it.
+            cli_checkFiles ${FILE} -f
+
+            # Define final location of translation file.
+            TRANSLATION=$(dirname ${FILE} \
+               | sed -r 's!(Documentation|Identity)!Locales/\1!')/${CLI_LANG_LC}/messages.po
+
+            # Define final location of template file.
+            TEMPLATE=${FILE}
+
+            # Define final location of output directory.
+            render_getDirOutput
+ 
+            # Get relative path to file. The path string (stored in
+            # FILE) has two parts: 1. the variable path and 2. the
+            # common path.  The variable path is before the common
+            # point in the path string. The common path is after the
+            # common point in the path string. The common point is the
+            # name of the parent directory (stored in PARENTDIR).
+            #
+            # Identity/Models/Themes/.../Firstboot/3/splash-small.svg
+            # -------------------------^| the     |^------------^
+            # variable path             | common  |    common path
+            # -------------------------v| point   |    v------------v
+            # Identity/Images/Themes/.../Firstboot/Img/3/splash-small.png
+            #
+            # What we do here is remove the variable path, the common
+            # point, and the file extension parts in the string
+            # holding the path retrieved from design models directory
+            # structure.  Then we use the common path as relative path
+            # to store the final image file.
+            #
+            # The file extension is removed from the common path
+            # because it is set when we create the final image file.
+            # This configuration let us use different extensions for
+            # the same file name.
+            #
+            # When we render using base-rendition action, the
+            # structure of files under the output directory will be
+            # the same used after the common point in the related
+            # design model directory structure.
+            FILE=$(echo ${FILE} \
+                | sed -r "s!.*${PARENTDIR}/!!" \
+                | sed -r "s/\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$//")
+
+            # Define absolute path to final file (without extension).
+            FILE=${OUTPUT}/$(basename "${FILE}")
+
+            # Define instance name from design model.
+            INSTANCE=$(cli_getTemporalFile ${TEMPLATE})
+
+            # Perform format base-rendition.
+            ${RENDER_FORMAT}
+
+            # Remove template instance. 
+            if [[ -f $INSTANCE ]];then
+                rm $INSTANCE
+            fi
+
+            # Increment file counter.
+            COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+        done
+
+        # Reset counter to prevent accumulation of values.
+        COUNT=0
+
+        # Unset format-specific functionalities.
+        cli_unsetFunctions "${EXPORTID}"
+
+        # Unset files list to prevent accumulation of values.
+        unset FILES
+
+    done
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBrands.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBrands.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..187c4df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBrands.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_setBrands.sh -- This function performs brand-specific
+# rendition.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_setBrands {
+
+    local BRANDS_MODELS_DIR=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Brands
+    local BRANDS_IMAGES_DIR=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Brands
+
+    render_setBrandsDirValidates ${BRANDS_IMAGES_DIR} ${ACTIONVAL}
+    render_setBrandsDirStructure ${BRANDS_MODELS_DIR} ${BRANDS_IMAGES_DIR}
+
+    render_setBaseRendition
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBrandsDirStructure.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBrandsDirStructure.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..453e90c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBrandsDirStructure.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_setBrandsDirectoryStructure.sh -- This function verifies the
+# directory structure of brands images using the directory structure
+# of brands models as reference.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_setBrandsDirStructure {
+
+    local BRANDS_SOURCE_DIR=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource ${1})
+    local BRANDS_TARGET_DIR=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource ${2})
+
+    cli_printMessage "${BRANDS_TARGET_DIR} `gettext "directory structures..."`" --as-checking-line
+
+    cli_runFnEnvironment prepare ${BRANDS_SOURCE_DIR} ${BRANDS_TARGET_DIR} --directories
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBrandsDirValidates.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBrandsDirValidates.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8622474
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setBrandsDirValidates.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_setBrandsDirVerification.sh -- This function standardize path
+# verification between path provided in the command line and
+# repository directory structure.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+function render_setBrandsDirValidates {
+
+    local BRANDS_PATH_OK=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource ${1})
+    local BRANDS_PATH_UNKNOWN=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource ${2})
+
+    cli_checkFiles ${BRANDS_PATH_UNKNOWN} --match="^${BRANDS_PATH_OK}"
+
+    local BRANDS_PATH_UNKNOWN_MODEL=$(echo ${BRANDS_PATH_UNKNOWN} \
+        | sed -r "s,/Images/,/Models/,")
+
+    cli_checkFiles ${BRANDS_PATH_UNKNOWN_MODEL} -d
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setDirStructure.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setDirStructure.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8064b59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setDirStructure.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+######################################################################
+#
+#   render_setDirStructure.sh -- This function standardizes the
+#   relation between source and target directory structures inside the
+#   repository.
+#
+#   This function takes two arguments. The first is the source
+#   directory and the second is the target directory where you wan to
+#   reproduce the source directory structure.  In order for this to
+#   work, all source directory structures provided to this function
+#   must have one level of directories more than its related target
+#   directory.  The purpose of this level is content categorization.
+#   For example, consider the following path:
+#
+#       ----------++++++++++++++++++++++++
+#       ${SOURCE}/${CATEGORY}/${COMPONENT}
+#       ----------++++++++++++++++++++++++
+#       +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------
+#       ${TARGET}/${NAME}/${VERSION}/${COMPONENT}
+#       +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------
+#
+#   So we end with the following path:
+#
+#       ${TARGET}/${CATEGORY}/${COMPONENT}
+# 
+#   In this path, ${CATEGORY} makes reference to a categorization
+#   directory used to describe source components related to target
+#   components. However, in the target side, such ${CATEGORY}
+#   directory is not needed and should be removed from it in order to
+#   get the final target path, which is:  
+#
+#       ${TARGET}/${COMPONENT}
+#
+#   ${CATEGORY} is always a one-level directory, but ${COMPONENT}
+#   might have several levels deep inside.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+######################################################################
+
+function render_setDirStructure {
+
+    # Define absolute path to design models' directory structure. This
+    # directory contains the directory structure you want to verify
+    # inside target path.
+    local SOURCE_DIRECTORY=$(tcar_checkRepoDirSource "${1}")
+
+    # Verify existence source path, just to be sure it was passed and
+    # it is a valid directory.
+    tcar_checkFiles ${SOURCE_DIR} -d
+
+    # Define absolute path to directory inside the repository where
+    # you want to replicate the source path directory structure.
+    local TARGET_DIRECTORY=$(tcar_checkRepoDirSource "${2}")
+
+    # NOTE: It is possible that target path doesn't exist. So verify
+    # the relation between target and source path. If there is a
+    # source path for the target, create an empty directory as target,
+    # using the related source directory as reference.
+
+    # Define list of directories inside source path.
+    local DIRECTORIES=$(tcar_getFilesList ${SOURCE_DIRECTORY} \
+        --pattern='.+/[[:alpha:]]+$' --type='d')
+
+    # Iterate through directories inside source path and verify
+    # whether or not they exist in the target path. If they don't
+    # exist create them.
+    for DIRECTORY in ${DIRECTORIES};do
+
+        local DIRECTORY_BASENAME=$(echo ${DIRECTORY} \
+            | sed -r "s,${SOURCE_DIRECTORY}/,,")
+
+        if [[ ${DIRECTORY} == ${DIRECTORY_BASENAME} ]];then
+            continue
+        fi
+
+        local DIRECTORY_TARGET=${TARGET_DIRECTORY}/${DIRECTORY_BASENAME}
+
+        if [[ ! -d ${DIRECTORY_TARGET} ]];then
+            mkdir -p ${DIRECTORY_TARGET}
+        fi
+
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setThemes.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setThemes.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..134d6aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setThemes.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_setThemes.sh -- This function performs theme-specific
+# rendition.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function render_setThemes {
+
+    local -a DIRS
+    local COUNT=0
+    local NEXTDIR=''
+    local MOTIF_NAME=''
+    local MOTIF_DIR=''
+
+    # Define base directory of artistic motifs. This is the location
+    # where all artistic motifs are stored in.
+    local MOTIF_BASEDIR="${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Themes"
+
+    # Define base directory of design models. This is the location
+    # where all design models are stored in.
+    local MODEL_BASEDIR="${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes"
+
+    # Verify directory structure for all theme-specific directories.
+    render_setThemesDirStructure "${MODEL_BASEDIR}/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}" "${MOTIF_BASEDIR}" 
+
+    # Define directory structure of design models. Design models
+    # directory structures are used as reference to create artistic
+    # motifs directory structure. Use the `--pattern' option to be
+    # sure any modification to FLAG_FILTER won't affect the output
+    # result. We need to make matching everything here, no matter what
+    # the FLAG_FILTER value be.
+    local MODEL_DIR=''
+    local MODEL_DIRS="$(cli_getFilesList ${MODEL_BASEDIR}/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL} \
+        --pattern='^.+/[^.svn][[:alnum:]_/-]+$' --type="d" \
+        | sed -e "s!^.*/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}!!" \
+              -e '/^[[:space:]]*$/d' \
+              -e 's!^/!!')"
+
+    # Define design model regular expression patterns from design
+    # models directory structure.
+    local MODEL_PATTERN=$(echo "$MODEL_DIRS" | tr "\n" '|' \
+        | sed -e 's!^|!!' -e 's!|$!!')
+
+    # Define regular expression pattern that match the theme artistic
+    # motif component inside the path strings.
+    local MOTIF_PATTERN=$(cli_getPathComponent --motif-pattern)
+
+    # Define list of render-able directory structures inside the
+    # artistic motif. As reference, to build this list, use design
+    # model directory structure.  The more specific you be in the path
+    # specification the more specific theme rendition will be. Thus,
+    # we use the path provided as argument and the --filter option as
+    # reference to control the amount of directories considered
+    # render-able directory.
+    local MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIR=''
+    local MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIRS=$(cli_getFilesList ${MOTIF_BASEDIR} \
+        --pattern="^${TCAR_WORKDIR}/${MOTIF_PATTERN}/($MODEL_PATTERN)$" --type="d" \
+        | grep "$(echo ${ACTIONVAL} | sed -r 's,/$,,')")
+
+    # When no render-able directories are found, finish the script
+    # execution with an error message. There is an obvious typo in the
+    # path provided.
+    if [[ -z ${MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIRS} ]];then
+        cli_printMessage "`gettext "No related model was found for the path provided."`" --as-error-line
+    fi
+
+    # Rebuild list of render-able directory structures using an array
+    # variable. This let us to predict what directory is one step
+    # forward or backward from the current directory structure.
+    for MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIR in $MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIRS;do
+        DIRS[((++${#DIRS[*]}))]=${MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIR}
+    done
+
+    # Define total number of directories to process. This is required
+    # in order to correct the counting value and so, make it to match
+    # the zero based nature of bash array variables.
+    local DIRS_TOTAL=$((${#DIRS[*]} - 1))
+
+    while [[ $COUNT -le ${DIRS_TOTAL} ]];do
+
+        # Redefine action value to refer the theme-specific render-able
+        # directory.
+        ACTIONVAL=${DIRS[$COUNT]}
+
+        # Refine artistic motif name using the current action value.
+        MOTIF_NAME=$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif)
+
+        # Verify artistic motif name. The name of the artistic motif
+        # must be present in order for theme rendition to happen.
+        # Theme rendition takes place inside artistic motifs and the
+        # artistic motif name is an indispensable part of it. Take
+        # care of not using design models directory structure as name
+        # for artistic motifs. They, sometimes, match the pattern used
+        # to verify artistic motifs names but must not be confused.
+        if [[ $MOTIF_NAME == '' ]] || [[ $MOTIF_NAME =~ "^($MODEL_PATTERN)" ]];then
+            COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+            continue
+        fi
+
+        # Refine artistic motif directory. This is the top directory
+        # where all visual manifestations of an artistic motif are
+        # stored in (e.g., Backgrounds, Brushes, Concept, Distro,
+        # etc.).
+        MOTIF_DIR="${MOTIF_BASEDIR}/${MOTIF_NAME}"
+
+        # Define what is the next directory in the list, so we could
+        # verify whether to render or not the current theme-specific
+        # render-able directory.
+        if [[ $COUNT -lt ${DIRS_TOTAL} ]];then
+            NEXTDIR=$(dirname ${DIRS[(($COUNT + 1))]})
+        else
+            NEXTDIR=''
+        fi
+
+        # Verify whether to render or not the current theme's
+        # render-able directory. This verification is needed in order
+        # to avoid unnecessary rendition loops. For example, don't
+        # render `path/to/dir/A' when `path/to/dir/A/B' does exist,
+        # that configuration would produce `/path/to/dir/A/B twice.
+        if [[ $ACTIONVAL =~ '[[:digit:]]$' ]] || [[ $ACTIONVAL == $NEXTDIR ]];then
+            COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+            continue
+        fi
+
+        # Execute direct rendition on theme specific render-able
+        # directory as specified by action value.
+        render_setBaseRendition
+
+        # Increment counter to match the correct count value.
+        COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
+
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setThemesDirStructure.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setThemesDirStructure.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ed98d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Automation/Modules/Render/Scripts/render_setThemesDirStructure.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# render_setThemeDirectoryStructre.sh -- This function verifies
+# theme-specific directory structures using common theme models
+# directory structure as pattern. If there are missing directories inside
+# theme-specific directories, this function will create it.  This is a
+# requisite of rendition process, so be sure to call this function
+# before building the list of render-able theme directories.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+# your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# $Id$
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+function render_setThemesDirStructure {
+
+    local THEMES_SOURCE_DIR=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource "${1}")
+    local THEMES_TARGET_DIR=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource "${2}")
+
+    local THEMES_FILTER=${THEMES_TARGET_DIR}/$(cli_getPathComponent --motif ${ACTIONVAL})
+
+    THEMES_TARGET_DIRS=$(cli_getFilesList ${THEMES_TARGET_DIR} \
+        --pattern=".+/[[:digit:]]+$" --maxdepth=2 --mindepth=2 \
+        | grep "${THEMES_FILTER}")
+
+    for THEMES_TARGET_DIR in $THEMES_TARGET_DIRS;do
+        cli_printMessage "$THEMES_TARGET_DIR `gettext "directory structure..."`" --as-checking-line
+        cli_runFnEnvironment prepare ${THEMES_SOURCE_DIR} ${THEMES_TARGET_DIR} --directories
+    done
+
+}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index df419c6..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg.sh -- This function performs base-rendition action for SVG
-# files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg {
-
-    # Apply translation to design model in order to produce the
-    # translated design model instance.
-    svg_doTranslation
-
-    # Expand translation markers inside design model instance.
-    cli_expandTMarkers ${INSTANCE}
-
-    # Initialize the export id used inside design templates. This
-    # value defines the design area we want to export.
-    local EXPORTID='CENTOSARTWORK'
-
-    # Verify the export id.
-    svg_checkModelExportId "$INSTANCE" "$EXPORTID" 
-
-    # Check existence of external files. Inside design templates and
-    # their instances, external files are used to refer the background
-    # information required by the design template. If such background
-    # information is not available the image is produced without
-    # background information. This is something that need to be
-    # avoided.
-    svg_checkModelAbsref "$INSTANCE"
-
-    # Render template instance using inkscape and save the output.
-    local INKSCAPE_OUTPUT="$(\
-        inkscape $INSTANCE --export-id=$EXPORTID --export-png=${FILE}.png)"
-
-    # Modify output from inkscape to fit the centos-art.sh script
-    # output visual style.
-    cli_printMessage "$(echo "$INKSCAPE_OUTPUT" | egrep '^Area' \
-        | sed -r "s!^Area!`gettext "Area"`:!")" --as-inkscape-line
-    cli_printMessage "$(echo "$INKSCAPE_OUTPUT" | egrep '^Background' \
-        | sed -r "s!^Background (RRGGBBAA):(.*)!`gettext "Background"`: \1 \2!")" --as-inkscape-line
-    cli_printMessage "$(echo "$INKSCAPE_OUTPUT" | egrep '^Bitmap saved as' \
-        | sed -r "s!^Bitmap saved as:!`gettext "Saved as"`:!")" --as-inkscape-line
-
-    # Perform format post-rendition.
-    svg_doPostActions
-
-    # Perform format last-rendition.
-    svg_doLastActions
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkColorAmount.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkColorAmount.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 8d25900..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkColorAmount.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_checkColorAmount.sh -- This function verifies whether the list
-# of colors provided in the first argument matches the amount of
-# colors specified by the second argument.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_checkColorAmount {
-
-    # Define list of colors. 
-    local COLORS=$1
-
-    # Define the amount of colors the list provided must have, in
-    # order to be considered as valid.
-    local NUMBER=$2
-
-    # Verify amount of colors provided in the list.
-    if [[ $(echo "$COLORS" |  wc -l) -ne $NUMBER ]];then
-        cli_printMessage "`gettext "The palette does not have the correct number of colors."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkColorFormats.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkColorFormats.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 19ddd9d..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkColorFormats.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_checkColorFormats.sh -- This function verifies formats of colors
-# (i.e., the way color information is specified).
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_checkColorFormats {
-
-    # Define short options.
-    local ARGSS=''
-
-    # Define long options.
-    local ARGSL='format:'
-
-    # Initialize pattern used for color sanitation.
-    local PATTERN='^#[0-9a-f]{6}$'
-
-    # Initialize arguments with an empty value and set it as local
-    # variable to this function scope. Doing this is very important to
-    # avoid any clash with higher execution environments.
-    local ARGUMENTS=''
-
-    # Prepare ARGUMENTS variable for getopt.
-    cli_parseArgumentsReDef "$@"
-
-    # Redefine ARGUMENTS using getopt(1) command parser.
-    cli_parseArguments
-
-    # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS variable.
-    eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
-    # Look for options passed through positional parameters.
-    while true;do
-
-        case "$1" in
-
-            --format )
-
-                case "$2" in
-
-                    rrggbb|*)
-                        PATTERN='^#[0-9a-f]{6}$'
-                        ;;
-
-                esac
-                shift 2
-                ;;
-
-            -- )
-                shift 1
-                break
-                ;;
-        esac
-    done
-
-    # Define the location we want to apply verifications to.
-    local COLOR=''
-    local COLORS="$@"
-
-    # Loop through colors and perform format verification as specified
-    # by pattern.
-    for COLOR in $COLORS;do
-
-        if [[ ! $COLOR =~ $PATTERN ]];then
-            cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\"\\\$COLOR\\\" string is not a valid color code."`" --as-error-line
-        fi
-
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkModelAbsref.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkModelAbsref.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 4775e26..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkModelAbsref.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_checkModelAbsref.sh -- This function retrives absolute files and
-# checks their existence. In order for design templates to point
-# different artistic motifs, design templates make use of external
-# files which point to specific artistic motif background images. If
-# such external files don't exist, try to create the background image
-# required by cropping a higher background image (e.g.,
-# 2048x1536-final.png).  If this isn't possible neither, then create
-# the background image using a plain color and crop from it then.  We
-# can't go on without the required background information.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_checkModelAbsref {
-
-    local FILE=''
-    local BG_DST_FILES=''
-    local BG_DST_FILE=''
-    local BG_DST_FILE_WIDTH=''
-    local BG_DST_FILE_HEIGHT=''
-    local BG_SRC_FILE=''
-    local BG_SRC_FILE_COLOR=''
-    local BG_SRC_FILE_WIDTH=''
-    local BG_SRC_FILE_HEIGHT=''
-
-    # Define absolute path to the translated instance of design model.
-    FILE="$1"
-
-    # Verify existence of file we need to retrive absolute paths from.
-    cli_checkFiles -e "$FILE"
-
-    # Retrive absolute paths from file.
-    BG_DST_FILES=$(egrep "(sodipodi:absref|xlink:href)=\"${HOME}.+" $FILE \
-        | sed -r "s,.+=\"(${HOME}.+\.png)\".*,\1," | sort | uniq)
-
-    # Verify absolute paths retrived from file.
-    for BG_DST_FILE in $BG_DST_FILES;do
-
-        # Print action message.
-        cli_printMessage "$BG_DST_FILE" --as-checking-line
-
-        # Verify parent directory of absolute files retrived from
-        # file. This is required to prevent the construction of paths
-        # to locations that don't exist. For example, when including
-        # background images in SVG files, it is possible that the path
-        # information inside SVG files get outdated temporarly. If in
-        # that exact moment, you try to render the SVG file it won't
-        # be possible to create the image used for cropping because
-        # the path build from the location inside SVG file doesn't
-        # exist. In this case, centos-art.sh script will end up with
-        # `file ... doesn't exist' errors.
-        cli_checkFiles -d "$(dirname ${BG_DST_FILE})"
-
-        if [[ ! -a $BG_DST_FILE ]];then
-  
-            # Define the source background file, the image file will
-            # crop when no specific background informatio be available
-            # for using. Generally, this is the most reusable
-            # background file inside the artistic motifs (e.g,.  the
-            # `2048x1536-final.png' file).  We can use this image file
-            # to create almost all artworks inside The CentOS
-            # Distribution visual manifestation when
-            # resolution-specific backgrounds don't exist. 
-            BG_SRC_FILE=$(echo $BG_DST_FILE \
-                | sed -r "s!(.+)/[[:digit:]]+x[[:digit:]]+(-final\.png)!\1/2048x1536\2!")
-
-            # Verify existence of source background file. If the file
-            # doesn't exist create it using The CentOS Project default
-            # background color information, as specified in its
-            # corporate identity manual.
-            if [[ ! -f $BG_SRC_FILE ]];then
-
-                # Define plain color that will be used as background.
-                BG_SRC_FILE_COLOR=$(svg_getColors)
-
-                # Verify format of color value.
-                svg_checkColorFormats $BG_SRC_FILE_COLOR --format='rrggbb'
-
-                # Define width for the source background file the
-                # required background information is cropped from.
-                BG_SRC_FILE_WIDTH=$(echo $BG_SRC_FILE \
-                    | sed -r 's!.+/([[:digit:]]+)x[[:digit:]]+-final\.png!\1!')
-
-                # Define height for the source background file the
-                # required background information is cropped from.
-                BG_SRC_FILE_HEIGHT=$(echo $BG_SRC_FILE \
-                    | sed -r 's!.+/[[:digit:]]+x([[:digit:]]+)-final\.png!\1!')
-
-                # Print action message.
-                cli_printMessage "${BG_SRC_FILE} ($BG_SRC_FILE_COLOR)" --as-creating-line
-
-                # Create the source background file.
-                ppmmake -quiet ${BG_SRC_FILE_COLOR} \
-                    ${BG_SRC_FILE_WIDTH} ${BG_SRC_FILE_HEIGHT} \
-                    | pnmtopng > ${BG_SRC_FILE}
-
-            fi
-
-            # Print action message.
-            cli_printMessage "$BG_SRC_FILE" --as-cropping-line
-
-            # Define the width of the required background information.
-            BG_DST_FILE_WIDTH=$(echo $BG_DST_FILE \
-                | sed -r 's!.+/([[:digit:]]+)x[[:digit:]]+-final\.png!\1!')
-
-            # Define the height of the required background information.
-            BG_DST_FILE_HEIGHT=$(echo $BG_DST_FILE \
-                | sed -r 's!.+/[[:digit:]]+x([[:digit:]]+)-final\.png!\1!')
- 
-            # Create required backgrounnd information.
-            convert -quiet \
-                -crop ${BG_DST_FILE_WIDTH}x${BG_DST_FILE_HEIGHT}+0+0 \
-                ${BG_SRC_FILE} ${BG_DST_FILE}
-
-            # Verify required background information.
-            cli_checkFiles -e $BG_DST_FILE
-
-        fi
-
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkModelExportId.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkModelExportId.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 2944195..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_checkModelExportId.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_checkModelExportId.sh -- This function standardizes the export
-# id used inside svg files and the way of verify them.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_checkModelExportId {
-
-    local INSTANCE="$1"
-    local EXPORTID="$2"
-
-    # Verify instance.
-    cli_checkFiles -e $INSTANCE
-
-    # Verify export id.
-    if [[ $EXPORTID == '' ]];then
-        cli_printMessage "`gettext "The export id value cannot be empty."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-    # Check export id inside design templates.
-    grep "id=\"$EXPORTID\"" $INSTANCE > /dev/null
-    if [[ $? -gt 0 ]];then
-        cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "There is not export id (\\\$EXPORTID) inside \\\"\\\$TEMPLATE\\\"."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertGplToHex.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertGplToHex.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 51efe26..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertGplToHex.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertGplToHex.sh -- This function takes one palette produced
-# by Gimp (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs the list of
-# hexadecimal colors and their respective index position the
-# `pnmtolss16' program needs (e.g., #RRGGBB=0 #RRGGBB=1 ... [all
-# values in the same line]).
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_convertGplToHex {
-
-    # Define path to GPL palette. This is the .gpl file we use to
-    # retrive color information from.
-    local PALETTE_GPL="$1"
-
-    # Define path to HEX palette. This is the palette used to stored
-    # the color information the `ppmtolss16' program needs.
-    local PALETTE_HEX="$2"
-
-    # Define the number of colors this function should return.
-    local NUMBER="$3"
-
-    # Define list of colors from GPL palette.
-    local COLORS=$(svg_getColors $PALETTE_GPL --head=$NUMBER --tail=$NUMBER)
-
-    # Verify number of colors returned in the list. They must match
-    # exactly the amount specified, no more no less. Sometimes, the
-    # list of colors may have less colors than it should have, so we
-    # need to prevent such palettes from being used.
-    svg_checkColorAmount "$COLORS" "$NUMBER"
-
-    # Verify format of colors.
-    svg_checkColorFormats "$COLORS" --format='rrggbb'
-
-    # Create list of colors to be processed by `pnmtolss16'.
-    echo "$COLORS" | nl | gawk '{ printf "%s=%d ", $2, $1 - 1 }' \
-        > $PALETTE_HEX
-
-    # Verify HEX palette existence.
-    cli_checkFiles -e $PALETTE_HEX
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertGplToPpm.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertGplToPpm.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 559127b..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertGplToPpm.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertGplToPpm.sh -- This function takes one palette produced
-# by Gimp (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs one PPM file based
-# on it (e.g., syslinux.ppm).
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_convertGplToPpm {
-
-    local -a FILES
-    local COUNT=0
-
-    # Define path to GPL palette. This is the .gpl file we use to
-    # retrive color information from.
-    local PALETTE_GPL="$1"
-
-    # Define path to PPM palette. This is the .ppm file we'll save
-    # color information to.
-    local PALETTE_PPM="$2"
-
-    # Define the number of colors this function should return.
-    local NUMBER="$3"
-
-    # Define list of colors from GPL palette.
-    local COLOR=''
-    local COLORS=$(svg_getColors "$PALETTE_GPL" --head=$NUMBER --tail=$NUMBER --format='rrrggbb')
-
-    # Verify amount of colors in the list of colors.
-    svg_checkColorAmount "$COLORS" "$NUMBER"
-
-    # Verify format of colors.
-    svg_checkColorFormats $COLORS --format='rrggbb'
-
-    # Create temporal images (of 1x1 pixel each) to store each color
-    # retrived from Gimp's palette. 
-    for COLOR in $COLORS;do
-        FILES[$COUNT]=$(cli_getTemporalFile ${COUNT}.ppm)
-        ppmmake $COLOR 1 1 > ${FILES[$COUNT]}
-        COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-    done
-
-    # Concatenate each temporal image from left to right to create the
-    # PPM file.
-    pnmcat -lr ${FILES[*]} > $PALETTE_PPM
-
-    # Remove temporal images used to build the PPM palette file.
-    rm ${FILES[*]}
-
-    # Verify PPM palette existence.
-    cli_checkFiles -e "$PALETTE_PPM"
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngTo.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngTo.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 9fad7ba..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngTo.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertPngTo.sh -- This function provides post-rendition actions
-# to use the `convert' command of ImageMagick tool set.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_convertPngTo {
-
-    # Initialize image formats.
-    local FORMAT=''
-    local FORMATS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2')
-
-    # Convert from PNG to specified formats.
-    for FORMAT in $FORMATS;do
-        cli_printMessage "${FILE}.${FORMAT}" --as-savedas-line
-        convert -quality 85 ${FILE}.png ${FILE}.${FORMAT}
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToBranded.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToBranded.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 8ffba47..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToBranded.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertPngToBranded.sh -- This function standardizes image
-# branding. Once the base PNG image is rendered and the
-# `--with-brands' option is provided, this function composites a new
-# branded image using the preferences set in the related
-# `branding.conf' file.  The `branding.conf' file must be stored
-# inside the related design model component used as reference to
-# produce the base PNG image.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_convertPngToBranded {
-
-    # Verify whether the option `--with-brands' was provided or not to
-    # `centos-art.sh' script command-line.
-    if [[ $FLAG_WITH_BRANDS == 'false' ]];then
-        return
-    fi
-
-    local BRANDING_CONF_FILE=''
-    local BRANDING_CONF_SECTION=''
-    local BRANDING_CONF_VALUES=''
-    local BRANDING_CONF_VALUE=''
-    local BRANDFILE=''
-    local POSITION=''
-    local POSITIONS=''
-
-    # Define absolute path to branding configuration file.
-    BRANDING_CONF_FILE="$(dirname ${TEMPLATE})/branding.conf"
-
-    # Verify absolute path to branding configuration file. This is
-    # required in order to avoid trying to render branded content
-    # which doesn't have an associated `branding.conf' file. If there
-    # is no associated `branding.conf' file don't stop the script
-    # execution. Instead, continue with the next action in the list.
-    # This is required in order to perform massive rendition inside
-    # structures like themes where components might or might not have
-    # `branding.conf' files associated. For example, the `Concept'
-    # component doesn't have branding information associated but most
-    # elements inside `Distro' component do.
-    if [[ ! -f "$BRANDING_CONF_FILE" ]];then
-        continue
-    fi
-
-    # Define regular expression matching the variable name (i.e., the
-    # left column), inside the configuration line, you want to match
-    # on.
-    BRANDING_CONF_VARNAME=$(basename ${TEMPLATE})
-
-    # Define list of configuration lines related to current design
-    # model. This are the lines that tell us how and where to apply
-    # branding information on base PNG image. Be sure that only
-    # configuration lines from supported section names (e.g.,
-    # `symbol', `type', `logo') be read, no need to waste resources
-    # with others.
-    BRANDING_CONF_VALUES=$(\
-        for BRANDING_CONF_SECTION in $(echo "types symbols logos");do
-            cli_getConfigValue "${BRANDING_CONF_FILE}" "${BRANDING_CONF_SECTION}" "${BRANDING_CONF_VARNAME}"
-        done)
-
-    for BRANDING_CONF_VALUE in $BRANDING_CONF_VALUES;do
-
-        # Define absolute path to image file used as brand. This is
-        # the image put over the PNG image produced as result of
-        # design models base rendition.
-        BRANDFILE=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Brands/$(echo $BRANDING_CONF_VALUE \
-            | gawk 'BEGIN{ FS=":" } { print $1 }' )
-
-        # Verify absolute path to image file used as brand. Assuming
-        # no brand image file is found, continue with the next
-        # configuration line.
-        if [[ ! -f $BRANDFILE ]];then
-            continue
-        fi
-
-        # Define list of positions using the format of ImageMagick
-        # `-geometry' option argument. 
-        POSITIONS=$(echo "$BRANDING_CONF_VALUE" | cut -d: -f2- | tr ':' ' ')
-
-        # Loop through list of brand image positions and use the
-        # composite command from ImageMagick, to overlap the unbranded
-        # image just rendered with the branded version of itself.
-        for POSITION in $POSITIONS;do
-            composite -geometry ${POSITION} ${BRANDFILE} ${FILE}.png ${FILE}.png
-        done
-
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToDm.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToDm.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 4ba8b10..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToDm.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertPngToDm.sh -- This function standardize production of
-# display managers (e.g., Gdm and Kdm). This function copies all files
-# needed into a temporal directory, realize expansion of translation
-# markers and packs all the files into a tar.gz package that is used
-# for installation. This function must be used as last-rendition
-# action for Gdm and Kdm directory specific base-rendition actions.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_convertPngToDm {
-
-    # Print separator line.
-    cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line
-
-    # Initialize source and destination local variables.
-    local SRC=''
-    local DST=''
-
-    # Initialize display manager type.
-    local DM=$(render_getConfigOption "${ACTION}" '2')
-
-    # Initialize screen resolutions used by display manager theme.
-    # These are the different screen resolutions a display manager
-    # theme is built for. The amount of screen resolution a display
-    # manager theme can be built for is limited to the amount of
-    # background files provided by the artistic motif used to build
-    # the display manager theme.
-    local RESOLUTION=''
-    local RESOLUTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "${ACTION}" '3')
-
-    # Verify screen resolutions. We cannot produce display manager
-    # theme if no screen resolution has been specified.
-    if [[ "$RESOLUTIONS" == '' ]];then
-        cli_printMessage "`gettext "There is no resolution information to process."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-    # Initialize theme information we are going to build the display
-    # manager theme for.
-    local THEME=$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif)
-    local THEME_NAME=$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif-name)
-
-    # Initialize temporal directory where we collect all files needed
-    # in order to create the tar.gz file. This intermediate step is
-    # also needed in order to expand translation markers from XML and
-    # Desktop definitions.
-    local TMPDIR=$(cli_getTemporalFile 'dm')
-
-    # Initialize source location for brands. This is the place where
-    # brand information, needed to build the display manager theme, is
-    # retrieved from.
-    local BRAND_BASEDIR=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Brands
-
-    # Initialize source location for artistic motif's backgrounds.
-    # This is the place where background information needed to ubild
-    # the display manager theme is retrieved from.
-    local BGS=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Themes/${THEME}/Backgrounds/Img/Png
-
-    # Initialize file variables. File variables are used build and
-    # process the file relation between source and target locations. 
-    local FILE=''
-    local FILES=''
-
-    # Define major release from template.
-    local MAJOR_RELEASE=$(cli_getPathComponent "$TEMPLATE" "--release-major")
-
-    # Define file relation between source and target locations, based
-    # on whether we are producing GDM or KDM. Use the colon character
-    # (`:') as separator; on the left side we put the file's source
-    # location and in the right side the file's target location.
-    # Presently, both GDM and KDM are very similar on files with the
-    # exception that GDM does use icons near actions buttons (e.g.,
-    # shutdown, reboot, session, language) and KDM doesn't.
-    case ${DM} in
-
-        Gdm )
-            FILES="\
-            ${BRAND_BASEDIR}/Symbols/48/${TCAR_BRAND}.png:${TCAR_BRAND}-symbol.png
-            ${OUTPUT}/screenshot.png:screenshot.png
-            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.xml:${THEME_NAME}.xml
-            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.desktop:GdmGreeterTheme.desktop
-            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-language.png:icon-language.png
-            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-reboot.png:icon-reboot.png
-            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-session.png:icon-session.png
-            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/icon-shutdown.png:icon-shutdown.png
-            "
-            ;;
-            
-        Kdm )
-            FILES="\
-            ${BRAND_BASEDIR}/Symbols/48/${TCAR_BRAND}.png:${TCAR_BRAND}-symbol.png
-            ${OUTPUT}/screenshot.png:screenshot.png
-            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.xml:${THEME_NAME}.xml
-            $(dirname $TEMPLATE)/GdmGreeterTheme.desktop:GdmGreeterTheme.desktop
-            "
-            ;;
-
-        * )
-            cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\"\\\$DM\\\" display manager is not supported yet."`" --as-error-line
-            ;;
-    esac
-
-    for FILE in $FILES;do
-
-        # Define source location.
-        SRC=$(echo $FILE | cut -d: -f1)
-
-        # Define target location.
-        DST=${TMPDIR}/${THEME_NAME}/$(echo $FILE | cut -d: -f2)
-
-        # Verify source files.
-        cli_checkFiles -e $SRC
-
-        # Verify parent directory for target file.
-        if [[ ! -d $(dirname $DST) ]];then
-            mkdir -p $(dirname $DST)
-        fi
-
-        # Copy files from source to target location.
-        cp ${SRC} ${DST}
-
-        # Expand translation markers.
-        if [[ ${DST} =~ "\.(xml|desktop)$"  ]];then
-            cli_expandTMarkers "${DST}"
-        fi
-
-    done
-
-    # Move into temporal directory.
-    pushd $TMPDIR > /dev/null
-
-    for RESOLUTION in $RESOLUTIONS;do
-
-        # Verify background information. If it doesn't exist go on
-        # with the next one in the list.
-        if [[ ! -f $BGS/${RESOLUTION}-final.png ]];then
-            continue
-        fi
-
-        # Print action message.
-        if [[ -f ${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz ]];then
-            cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}/${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz" --as-updating-line
-        else
-            cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}/${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz" --as-creating-line
-        fi
-
-        # Copy background information.
-        cp $BGS/${RESOLUTION}-final.png ${THEME_NAME}/background.png
-
-        # Create tar.gz file.
-        tar -czf ${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz ${THEME_NAME}
-
-        # Move from temporal directory to its final location.
-        mv ${RESOLUTION}.tar.gz ${OUTPUT}
-
-    done
-
-    # Return to where we were initially.
-    popd > /dev/null
-
-    # Remove temporal directory.
-    rm -r ${TMPDIR}
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToGrub.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToGrub.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 00da4d6..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToGrub.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertPngToGrub.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
-# action used to produce GRUB images.
-#
-# Initially, the color information is defined with GIMP (The GNU Image
-# Manipulation Program) as a `.gpl' palette of color. This palette of
-# colors contains 14 colors only and is saved in a file named
-# `grub.gpl.  The `grub.gpl' file is used to build the `grub.ppm' file
-# which provide the color information needed to reduce the full color
-# PNG image, produced as result of SVG base-rendition, to the amount
-# of colors specified (i.e., 14 colors). Later, with the 14 color PNG
-# image already created, the `grub.ppm' file is used to build the
-# `splash.xpm.gz' file.
-#
-# In order for this function to work, the `grub.gpl' file should have
-# a format similar to the following:
-#
-# GIMP Palette
-# Name: CentOS-TreeFlower-4-Syslinux
-# Columns: 14
-# #
-# 32  76 141	204c8d
-# 36  82 146	245292
-# 52  93 152	345d98
-# 72 108 162	486ca2
-# 102 131 176	6683b0
-# 126 153 190	7e99be
-# 146 170 200	92aac8
-# 161 182 209	a1b6d1
-# 182 199 219	b6c7db
-# 202 214 228	cad6e4
-# 221 230 238	dde6ee
-# 235 241 245	ebf1f5
-# 246 251 254	f6fbfe
-# 254 255 252	fefffc
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_convertPngToGrub {
-
-    # Define number of colors the images will be produced on.
-    local COLORS='14'
-
-    # Define options using those passed to actions from pre-rendition
-    # configuration script. These options are applied to pnmremap when
-    # doing color reduction, so any option available for pnmremap
-    # command can be passed to renderSyslinux functionality.
-    local OPTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
-
-    # Check options passed to action. This is required in order to
-    # aviod using options used already in this script. For example
-    # -verbose and -mapfile options.
-    for OPTION in $OPTIONS;do
-        # Remove anything after equal sign inside option.
-        OPTION=$(echo -n $OPTION | cut -d'=' -f1)
-        if [[ "$OPTION" =~ "-(mapfile|verbose)" ]];then
-            cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\"\\\$OPTION\\\" option is already used."`" --as-error-line
-        fi
-    done
-
-    # Define file name prefix.
-    local PREFIX="-${COLORS}c"
-
-    # Redefine file name prefix using options as reference. This is
-    # useful to differenciate final files produced using
-    # Floyd-Steinberg dithering and files which are not.
-    if [[ "$OPTIONS" =~ '-floyd' ]];then
-        PREFIX="${PREFIX}-floyd"
-    fi
-
-    # Define logs' file. Log files are stored in the same place of
-    # images and are used to store output information produced by
-    # programs when the image files are built up.
-    local LOGS=${FILE}${PREFIX}.log
-
-    # Define absolute path to GPL palette.  This palettes should have
-    # 14 colors only. For more information on this see the GRUB's
-    # documentation.
-    local PALETTE_GPL=${MOTIF_DIR}/Palettes/grub.gpl
-
-    # Verify GPL palette existence. If it doesn't exist copy the one
-    # provided by the design model through subversion (to keep track
-    # of the change) and expand translation markers in the copied
-    # instance.
-    if [[ ! -f $PALETTE_GPL ]];then
-        cli_runFnEnvironment vcs --copy ${MODEL_BASEDIR}/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}/Palettes/grub.gpl ${PALETTE_GPL}
-        cli_expandTMarkers ${PALETTE_GPL}
-    fi
-
-    # Define absolute path to PPM palette. The PPM palette is built
-    # from source palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color
-    # information understood by `ppmremap', the program used to
-    # produce images in a specific amount of colors.
-    local PALETTE_PPM=$(cli_getTemporalFile "grub.ppm")
-
-    # Create image in Netpbm superformat (PNM). The PNM image file is
-    # created from the PNG image rendered previously as centos-art
-    # base-rendition output. The PNM image is an intermediate format
-    # used to manipulate images through Netpbm tools.
-    cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pnm" --as-savedas-line
-    pngtopnm -verbose \
-        < ${FILE}.png 2>${LOGS} > ${FILE}.pnm
-
-    # Print the path to GPL palette.
-    cli_printMessage "$PALETTE_GPL" --as-palette-line
-
-    # Create PPM palette using GPL palette.
-    svg_convertGplToPpm "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_PPM" "$COLORS"
-
-    # Reduce colors as specified in PPM palette.  Here we use the PPM
-    # palette to enforce the color position in the image index and the
-    # Floyd-Steinberg dithering in order to improve color reduction.
-    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm" --as-savedas-line
-    pnmremap -verbose -mapfile=$PALETTE_PPM $OPTIONS \
-        < ${FILE}.pnm 2>>${LOGS} > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm
-
-    # Remove PPM palette. It is no longer needed.
-    if [[ -f ${PALETTE_PPM} ]];then
-        rm $PALETTE_PPM
-    fi
-
-    # Create the 14 colors xpm.gz file.
-    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.xpm.gz" --as-savedas-line
-    ppmtoxpm \
-        < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm 2>>${LOGS} > ${FILE}.xpm \
-        && gzip --force ${FILE}.xpm \
-        && mv ${FILE}.xpm.gz ${FILE}${PREFIX}.xpm.gz
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToIcons.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToIcons.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 1c4a1af..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToIcons.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertPngToIcons.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
-# actions to produce icon images in different sizes and formats from
-# the same SVG design model.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_convertPngToIcons {
-
-    # Define height dimensions you want to produce brands for.
-    local SIZE=""
-    local SIZES="16 20 22 24 32 36 40 48 64 96 128 148 164 196 200 512"
-
-    # Define image formats you want to produce brands for.
-    local FORMAT=""
-    local FORMATS=""
-
-    for SIZE in ${SIZES};do
-
-        # Redefine absolute path to file location where size-specific
-        # images will be stored in.
-        local FINALFILE=$(dirname $FILE)/${SIZE}/$(basename $FILE)
-
-        # Prepare directory where size-specific images will be stored
-        # in. If it doesn't exist create it.
-        if [[ ! -d $(dirname $FINALFILE) ]];then
-            mkdir -p $(dirname $FINALFILE)
-        fi
-
-        # Print action message.
-        cli_printMessage "${FINALFILE}.png" --as-creating-line
-
-        # Create size-specific PNG image ommiting all output.
-        inkscape $INSTANCE --export-id=$EXPORTID \
-            --export-png=${FINALFILE}.png --export-height=${SIZE} \
-            &> /dev/null
-
-        #for FORMAT in ${FORMATS};do
-        #
-        #    # Print action message.
-        #    cli_printMessage "${FINALFILE}.${FORMAT}" --as-creating-line
-        #
-        #    # Convert size-specific PNG image into different formats.
-        #    convert ${FINALFILE}.png ${FINALFILE}.${FORMAT}
-        #
-        #done
-
-        # Create copy of size-specific image in 2 colors.
-        #cli_printMessage "${FINALFILE}.xbm" --as-creating-line
-        #convert -colorspace gray -colors 2 ${FINALFILE}.png ${FINALFILE}.xbm
-
-        # Create copy of size-specific image with emboss effect.
-        #cli_printMessage "${FINALFILE}-emboss.png" --as-creating-line
-        #convert -emboss 1 ${FINALFILE}.png ${FINALFILE}-emboss.png
-
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToKsplash.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToKsplash.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 091245d..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToKsplash.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertPngToKsplash.sh -- This function collects KDE splash
-# (KSplash) required files and creates a tar.gz package that groups
-# them all together. Use this function as last-rendition action for
-# KSplash base-rendition action.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_convertPngToKsplash {
-
-    local -a SRC
-    local -a DST
-    local FONT=''
-    local COUNT=0
-
-    # Define font used to print bottom splash message.
-    FONT=$(svg_getTTFont "DejaVuLGCSans-Bold")
-
-    # Check existence of font file.
-    cli_checkFiles -e "$FONT"
-
-    # Define absolute source location of files.
-    SRC[0]="${OUTPUT}/splash_top.png"
-    SRC[1]="${OUTPUT}/splash_active_bar.png"
-    SRC[2]="${OUTPUT}/splash_inactive_bar.png"
-    SRC[3]="${OUTPUT}/splash_bottom.png"
-    SRC[4]="$(dirname $TEMPLATE)/Theme.rc"
-
-    # Check absolute source location of files.
-    cli_checkFiles -e "${SRC[@]}"
-
-    # Define relative target location of files.
-    DST[0]="${OUTPUT}/splash_top.png"
-    DST[1]="${OUTPUT}/splash_active_bar.png"
-    DST[2]="${OUTPUT}/splash_inactive_bar.png"
-    DST[3]="${OUTPUT}/splash_bottom.png"
-    DST[4]="${OUTPUT}/Theme.rc"
-
-    # Print action message.
-    cli_printMessage "${OUTPUT}/Preview.png" --as-creating-line
-
-    # Create `Preview.png' image.
-    convert -append ${SRC[0]} ${SRC[1]} ${SRC[3]} ${OUTPUT}/Preview.png
-
-    # Add bottom text to Preview.png image. The text position was set
-    # inside an image of 400x300 pixels. If you change the final
-    # preview image dimension, you probably need to change the text
-    # position too.
-    mogrify -draw 'text 6,295 "KDE is up and running."' \
-        -fill \#ffffff \
-        -font $FONT \
-        ${OUTPUT}/Preview.png
-
-    # Copy `Theme.rc' file.
-    cp ${SRC[4]} ${DST[4]}
-
-    # Apply common translation markers to Theme.rc file.
-    cli_expandTMarkers "${DST[4]}"
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToSyslinux.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToSyslinux.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index d04b0a0..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToSyslinux.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertPngToSyslinux.sh -- This function provides post-rendition
-# action used to produce LSS16 images, the images used by isolinux.
-#
-# Initially, the color information is defined with GIMP (The GNU Image
-# Manipulation Program) as a `.gpl' palette of color. This palette of
-# colors contains 16 colors only and is saved in a file named
-# `syslinux.gpl.  The `syslinux.gpl' file is used to build two other
-# files: the `syslinux.ppm' file and the `syslinux.hex' file. The
-# `syslinux.ppm' provides the color information needed to reduce the
-# full color PNG image, produced as result of SVG base-rendition, to
-# the amount of colors specified (i.e., 16 colors). Later, with the 16
-# color PNG image already created, the `syslinux.hex' file is used to
-# build the LSS16 image.
-#
-# In order to produce images in LSS16 format correctly, it is required
-# that both the `syslinux.ppm' and `syslinux.hex' files do contain the
-# same color information. This is, both `syslinux.ppm' and
-# `syslinux.hex' must represent the same color values and in the same
-# color index.
-#
-# In order for this function to work, the `syslinux.gpl' file should
-# have a format similar to the following:
-#
-# GIMP Palette
-# Name: CentOS-TreeFlower-4-Syslinux
-# Columns: 16
-# #
-# 32  76 141	204c8d
-# 37  82 146	255292
-# 52  94 153	345e99
-# 73 110 162	496ea2
-# 91 124 172	5b7cac
-# 108 136 180	6c88b4
-# 120 146 186	7892ba
-# 131 158 193	839ec1
-# 255 255 255	ffffff
-# 146 170 200	92aac8
-# 162 182 209	a2b6d1
-# 183 199 219	b7c7db
-# 204 216 230	ccd8e6
-# 221 229 238	dde5ee
-# 235 241 245	ebf1f5
-# 246 251 254	f6fbfe
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_convertPngToSyslinux {
-
-    # Define number of colors the images will be produced on.
-    local COLORS='16'
-
-    # Define options using those passed to actions from pre-rendition
-    # configuration script. These options are applied to pnmremap when
-    # doing color reduction, so any option available for pnmremap
-    # command can be passed to renderSyslinux functionality.
-    local OPTIONS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
-
-    # Check options passed to action. This is required in order to
-    # aviod using options already used in this script. For example
-    # -verbose and -mapfile options.
-    for OPTION in $OPTIONS;do
-        # Remove anything after equal sign inside option.
-        OPTION=$(echo $OPTION | cut -d'=' -f1)
-        if [[ "$OPTION" =~ "-(mapfile|verbose)" ]];then
-            cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\"\\\$OPTION\\\" option is already used."`" --as-error-line
-        fi
-    done
-
-    # Define default file name prefix for 16 colors images.
-    local PREFIX="-${COLORS}c"
-
-    # Re-define 16 colors images default file name prefix using
-    # options as reference. This is useful to differenciate final
-    # files produced using Floyd-Steinberg dithering and final files
-    # which are not.
-    if [[ "$OPTIONS" =~ '-floyd' ]];then
-        PREFIX="${PREFIX}-floyd"
-    fi
-
-    # Define logs' file. Log files are stored in the same place of
-    # images and are used to store output information produced by
-    # programs when the image files are built up.
-    local LOGS=${FILE}${PREFIX}.log
-
-    # Define absolute path to GPL palette. The GPL palette defines the
-    # color information used to build syslinux images.  This palette
-    # should be set to 16 colors and, as specified in isolinux
-    # documentation, the background color should be indexed on
-    # position 0 and the forground in position 7 (see
-    # /usr/share/doc/syslinux-X.XX/isolinux.doc, for more
-    # information.)
-    local PALETTE_GPL=${MOTIF_DIR}/Palettes/syslinux.gpl
-
-    # Verify GPL palette existence. If it doesn't exist copy the one
-    # provided by the design model through subversion (to keep track
-    # of the change) and expand translation markers in the copied
-    # instance.
-    if [[ ! -f $PALETTE_GPL ]];then
-        cli_runFnEnvironment vcs --copy ${MODEL_BASEDIR}/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}/Palettes/syslinux.gpl ${PALETTE_GPL}
-        cli_expandTMarkers ${PALETTE_GPL}
-    fi
-
-    # Define absolute path to PPM palette. The PPM palette is built
-    # from source palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color
-    # information understood by `ppmremap', the program used to
-    # produce images in a specific amount of colors.
-    local PALETTE_PPM=$(cli_getTemporalFile "syslinux.ppm")
-
-    # Define the HEX palette. The HEX palette is built from source
-    # palette (PALETTE_GPL) and provides the color information in the
-    # format understood by `ppmtolss16', the program used to produce
-    # images in LSS16 format.  The HEX palette stores just one line
-    # with the color information as described in isolinux
-    # documentation (i.e #RRGGBB=0 #RRGGBB=1 ... [all values in the
-    # same line])
-    local PALETTE_HEX=$(cli_getTemporalFile "syslinux.hex")
-
-    # Create image in Netpbm superformat (PNM). The PNM image file is
-    # created from the PNG image rendered previously as centos-art
-    # base-rendition output. The PNM image is an intermediate format
-    # used to manipulate images through Netpbm tools.
-    cli_printMessage "${FILE}.pnm" --as-savedas-line
-    pngtopnm -verbose \
-        < ${FILE}.png 2>${LOGS} > ${FILE}.pnm
-
-    # Print the path to GPL palette.
-    cli_printMessage "$PALETTE_GPL" --as-palette-line
-
-    # Create PPM palette using GPL palette.
-    svg_convertGplToPpm "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_PPM" "$COLORS"
- 
-    # Create HEX palette using GPL palette.
-    svg_convertGplToHex "$PALETTE_GPL" "$PALETTE_HEX" "$COLORS"
-
-    # Reduce colors as specified in PPM palette.  Here we use the PPM
-    # palette to enforce the color position in the image index and the
-    # Floyd-Steinberg dithering in order to improve color reduction.
-    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm" --as-savedas-line
-    pnmremap -verbose -mapfile=$PALETTE_PPM $OPTIONS \
-        < ${FILE}.pnm 2>> ${LOGS} > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm
-
-    # Create LSS16 image. 
-    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss" --as-savedas-line
-    ppmtolss16 $(cat $PALETTE_HEX) \
-        < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm 2>>${LOGS} > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss
-     
-    # Remove HEX palette. It is no longer needed.
-    if [[ -f ${PALETTE_HEX} ]];then
-        rm $PALETTE_HEX
-    fi
-
-    # Create PPM image indexed to 16 colors. Also the colormap used in
-    # the LSS16 image is saved on ${FILE}.log; this is useful to
-    # verify the correct order of colors in the image index.
-    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm" --as-savedas-line
-    lss16toppm -map \
-        < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.lss 2>>${LOGS} > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.ppm
-
-    # Create PNG image indexed to 16 colors.
-    cli_printMessage "${FILE}${PREFIX}.png" --as-savedas-line
-    pnmtopng -verbose \
-        < ${FILE}${PREFIX}.pnm 2>>${LOGS} > ${FILE}${PREFIX}.png
-      
-    # Remove PPM palette. It is no longer needed.
-    if [[ -f ${PALETTE_PPM} ]];then
-        rm $PALETTE_PPM
-    fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToThumbnail.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToThumbnail.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 52dcf3b..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_convertPngToThumbnail.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_convertPngToThumbnail.sh -- This function provides
-# post-rendition to create thumbnails from images produced by
-# centos-art base-rendition.  Thumbnails are created in PNG and JPG
-# format for you to decide which is the more appropriate one. When no
-# size is specified, thumbnails are created at 250 pixels width and
-# height is automatically calculated to match the image ratio.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_convertPngToThumbnail {
-
-    # Get image size.
-    local SIZE=''
-    local SIZES=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
-
-    # Check image sizes and do convertion.
-    if [[ "$SIZES" == "" ]];then
-        SIZES='250'
-    fi
-
-    # Check base file existence.
-    cli_checkFiles -e "${FILE}.png"
-
-    # Create thumbnails.
-    for SIZE in $SIZES;do
-        cli_printMessage "${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.png" --as-savedas-line
-        convert -thumbnail ${SIZE} ${FILE}.png ${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.png
-        cli_printMessage "${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.jpg" --as-savedas-line
-        convert -thumbnail ${SIZE} ${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.png ${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.jpg
-        cli_printMessage "${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.pdf" --as-savedas-line
-        convert -thumbnail ${SIZE} ${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.png ${FILE}-thumb-${SIZE}.pdf
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doLastActions.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doLastActions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 5562eeb..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doLastActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_doLastActions.sh -- This function performs last-rendition
-# actions for SVG files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_doLastActions {
-
-    # Verify position of file being produced in the list of files been
-    # currently processed.
-    if [[ $THIS_FILE_DIR == $NEXT_FILE_DIR ]];then
-        return
-    fi
-
-    local ACTION=''
-
-    # Redefine SVG last-rendition actions as local to avoid undesired
-    # concatenation when massive rendition is performed.
-    local -a LASTACTIONS
-
-    # Define SVG directory-specific actions. This is required in order
-    # to provide a predictable way of producing content inside the
-    # repository and save you the time of writing long several
-    # commands each time you need to produce images inside the
-    # repository.
-    if [[ $FLAG_DONT_DIRSPECIFIC == 'false' ]];then
-        if [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern)/Gdm/.+\.svg$" ]];then
-            LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToDm:Gdm:800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1360x768 2048x1536 2560x1240'
-        elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern)/Kdm/.+\.svg$" ]];then
-            LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToDm:Kdm:800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1360x768 2048x1536 2560x1240'
-        elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern)/Ksplash/.+\.svg$" ]];then
-            LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToKsplash:'
-        fi
-    fi
-
-    # Define SVG last-rendition actions. Since last-rendition makes
-    # use of all files in the output directory structure and
-    # directory-specific rendition modifies all the files in the
-    # output directory structure as well, these actions must be
-    # defined after the directory-specific definition. Otherwise,
-    # modifications impossed by these actions may interfier the whole
-    # purpose of having a directory-specific rendition.
-    [[ $FLAG_LASTRENDITION != '' ]] && LASTACTIONS[((++${#LASTACTIONS[*]}))]="doLastActions:(png|jpg):${FLAG_LASTRENDITION}"
-
-    # At this point centos-art.sh should be producing the last file
-    # from the same unique directory structure, so, before producing
-    # images for the next directory structure lets execute the list of
-    # last-rendition actions for the current directory structure. 
-    for ACTION in "${LASTACTIONS[@]}"; do
-        svg_$(echo "$ACTION" | cut -d: -f1)
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doLastCommand.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doLastCommand.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 458ec6b..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doLastCommand.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_doLastCommand.sh -- This function standardizes the way
-# last-rendition commands are applied to base-rendition and
-# post-rendition outputs.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_doLastCommand {
-
-    # Define the file extensions. This value is a regular expression
-    # pattern which must match the file extensions that last-rendition
-    # actions will be applied to.
-    local EXTENSION=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2')
-
-    # Define the command string that will be evaluated as
-    # last-rendition action. Only commands that perform in-place
-    # modifications can be passed here.
-    local COMMAND=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '3-')
-
-    # Define the list of files to process. This value contain all the
-    # files in the output directory which extension match the
-    # extension pattern previously defined.
-    local FILE=''
-    local FILES=$(cli_getFilesList $OUTPUT --pattern="^.+\.${EXTENSION}$")
-
-    for FILE in $FILES;do
-
-        # Identify file before processing it. Only formats recognized
-        # by ImageMagick are supported. In case the file isn't
-        # supported by ImageMagick, continue with the next file in the
-        # list.
-        identify -quiet ${FILE} > /dev/null
-        if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
-            continue
-        fi
-
-        # Print action message.
-        cli_printMessage "${FILE}" --as-updating-line
-
-        # Execute mogrify action on all files inside the same
-        # directory structure.
-        eval ${COMMAND} ${FILE}
-
-        # Be sure the command was executed correctly. Otherwise stop
-        # script execution.
-        if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
-            exit
-        fi
-
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doPostActions.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doPostActions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 86b998e..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doPostActions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_doPostActions.sh -- This function performs post-rendition
-# actions for SVG files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_doPostActions {
-
-    local ACTION=''
-
-    # Redefine SVG post-rendition actions as local to avoid undesired
-    # concatenation when massive rendition is performed.
-    local -a POSTACTIONS
-
-    # Define default comment written to base-rendition output.
-    local COMMENT="`gettext "Created in CentOS Artwork Repository"` ($(cli_printUrl '--svn')artwork/)"
-
-    # Define SVG post-rendition actions. Since these actions are
-    # applied to base-rendition output and base-rendition output is
-    # used as reference to perform directory-specific rendition, these
-    # action must be defined before directory-specific rendition.
-    # Otherwise it wouldn't be possible to propagate changes imposed
-    # by these actions to new files produced as result of
-    # directory-specific rendition.
-    POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="doPostCommand:png:mogrify -comment '$COMMENT'"
-    [[ $FLAG_POSTRENDITION != '' ]] && POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="doPostCommand:png:${FLAG_POSTRENDITION}"
-
-    # Define SVG directory-specific rendition. Directory-specfic
-    # rendition provides a predictable way of producing content inside
-    # the repository.
-    if [[ $FLAG_DONT_DIRSPECIFIC == 'false' ]];then
-
-        if [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Identity/(Models|Images)/Themes/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
-
-            POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]="convertPngToBranded"
-
-            if [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Backgrounds/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
-                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngTo:jpg'
-                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='groupBy:png jpg'
-
-            elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Concept/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
-                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngTo:jpg pdf'
-                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToThumbnail:250'
-
-            elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern)/Syslinux/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
-                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToSyslinux:'
-                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToSyslinux:-floyd'
-
-            elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Distro/$(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern)/Grub/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
-                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToGrub:'
-                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToGrub:-floyd'
-
-            elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Posters/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
-                POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngTo:jpg pdf'
-            fi
-
-        elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Identity/Models/Icons/.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
-            POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngToIcons'
-
-        elif [[ $TEMPLATE =~ "Identity/Models/Manuals.+\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" ]];then
-            POSTACTIONS[((++${#POSTACTIONS[*]}))]='convertPngTo:jpg pdf'
-
-        fi
-
-    fi
-
-    # Execute SVG post-rendition actions.
-    for ACTION in "${POSTACTIONS[@]}"; do
-        svg_$(echo "$ACTION" | cut -d: -f1)
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doPostCommand.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doPostCommand.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 42c7738..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doPostCommand.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_doPostCommand.sh -- This function standardizes the way
-# post-rendition commands are applied to base-rendition output.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_doPostCommand {
-
-    # Define the file extension of base-rendition output.
-    local EXTENSION=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2')
-
-    # Define the command string.
-    local COMMAND=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '3-')
-
-    # Verify the absolute path of base-rendition output.
-    cli_checkFiles -e ${FILE}.${EXTENSION}
-
-    # Execute the command string on base-rendition output.
-    eval $COMMAND ${FILE}.${EXTENSION}
-
-    # Be sure the command string was executed correctly. Otherwise
-    # stop the script execution.
-    if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then
-        exit
-    fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doTranslation.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doTranslation.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 2dc359e..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_doTranslation.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_doTranslation.sh -- This function standardizes the way
-# translation files are applied to SVG design models in order to
-# produce the translated instance that is used to expand translation
-# markers and produce PNG output in different languages.
-#
-# Assuming no translation file exists, an untranslated instace is
-# taken from the design model and created (i.e., just a copy) from it.
-# Using a design model instance (translated or not) is required in
-# order to expand translation markers safetly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_doTranslation {
-
-    # Define which command will be used to output the template
-    # content. This is required because template files might be found
-    # as compressed files inside the repository.
-    local COMMAND="/bin/cat"
-    if [[ $(file -b -i $TEMPLATE) =~ '^application/x-gzip$' ]];then
-        COMMAND="/bin/zcat"
-    fi
-
-    # Move into template's directory in order to satisfy relative
-    # entities.  Take care that some XML documents (e.g., DocBook
-    # documents) can use entities relatively from their base
-    # locations. In order to process such documents, it is necessary
-    # to put the template directory up in the directory stack and
-    # create the instance from there. Thus, it is possible to expand
-    # relative entities correctly when validating the document.
-    pushd $(dirname $TEMPLATE) > /dev/null
-
-    # Verify translation file existence and create template
-    # instance accordingly.
-    if [[ -f ${TRANSLATION} ]];then
-
-        # Print final location of translation file.
-        cli_printMessage "${TRANSLATION}" --as-translation-line
-
-        # Create translation instance to combine both template
-        # translation and licenses translations.
-        local TRANSLATION_INSTANCE=${TMPDIR}/message.po
-    
-        # In the case of SVG and other files, license translations is
-        # not required so we don't combine it into the template
-        # translation.
-        cp ${TRANSLATION} ${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE}
-
-        # Create the translated instance of design model.
-        ${COMMAND} ${TEMPLATE} | xml2po -a -l ${CLI_LANG_LL} \
-            -p ${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE} -o ${INSTANCE} -
-
-        # Remove .xml2po.mo temporal file.
-        if [[ -f ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo ]];then
-            rm ${PWD}/.xml2po.mo
-        fi
-
-        # Remove instance created to store both licenses and template
-        # translations.
-        if [[ -f ${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE} ]];then
-            rm ${TRANSLATION_INSTANCE}
-        fi
-
-    else
-
-        # Create the non-translated instance of design model. 
-        ${COMMAND} ${TEMPLATE} > ${INSTANCE}
-
-    fi
-
-    # Return to where we were.
-    popd > /dev/null
-
-    # Verify instance existence.
-    cli_checkFiles -e $INSTANCE
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_getColors.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_getColors.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 2b4ccd9..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_getColors.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_getColors.sh -- This function takes one palette produced by Gimp
-# (e.g., syslinux.gpl) as input and outputs a list of colors in the
-# specified format. In order for this function to output the color in
-# the format specified, it is needed that the fourth column in the gpl
-# palette be set in the `rrggbb' format and the appropriate conversion
-# be implemented here.
-#
-# Notice that using both the `--head' and `--tail' options it is
-# possible to control how many consecutive items does the list of
-# colors is going to have.  It is possible to output all colors in the
-# list, or a consecutive range of them.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_getColors {
-
-    # Define short options.
-    local ARGSS=''
-
-    # Define long options.
-    local ARGSL='head:,tail:,format:'
-
-    # Initialize both head and tail values to return the first line of
-    # color information from the palette.
-    local HEAD=1
-    local TAIL=1
-
-    # Initialize format value used as default when no format option be
-    # provided.
-    local FORMAT='rrggbb'
-
-    # Initialize list of colors.
-    local COLORS=''
-
-    # Initialize arguments with an empty value and set it as local
-    # variable to this function scope. Doing this is very important to
-    # avoid any clash with higher execution environments.
-    local ARGUMENTS=''
-
-    # Prepare ARGUMENTS variable for getopt.
-    cli_parseArgumentsReDef "$@"
-
-    # Redefine ARGUMENTS using getopt(1) command parser.
-    cli_parseArguments
-
-    # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS variable.
-    eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
-    # Look for options passed through positional parameters.
-    while true;do
-
-        case "$1" in 
-
-            --head )
-                HEAD=$2
-                shift 2
-                ;;
-
-            --tail )
-                TAIL=$2
-                shift 2
-                ;;
-
-            --format )
-                FORMAT=$2
-                shift 2
-                ;;
-
-            -- )
-                shift 1
-                break
-                ;;
-        esac
-    done
-
-    # Define path to gpl palette. This is the first file we use to
-    # retrieve color information from. Only the first file provided
-    # will be used.
-    local PALETTE=$(echo $@ | cut -d' ' -f1)
-
-    if [[ ! -f $PALETTE ]];then
-
-        # Define palette path inside the theme's artistic motif.
-        local MOTIF_PALETTE=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Themes/$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif)/Palettes/grub.gpl
-
-        # Define palette path inside the theme's design model.
-        local MODEL_PALETTE=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes/${THEME_MODEL_NAME}/Palettes/grub.gpl
-
-        # Redefine default background color using palettes provided by
-        # artistic motif first, and design model later. Assuming none
-        # of them is present, use The CentOS Project default color
-        # then.
-        if [[ -f $MOTIF_PALETTE ]];then
-            COLORS=$(svg_getColors $MOTIF_PALETTE --head=1 --tail=1)
-        elif [[ -f $MODEL_PALETTE ]];then
-            COLORS=$(svg_getColors $MODEL_PALETTE --head=1 --tail=1)
-        else
-            COLORS='#204c8d'
-        fi
-
-    else
-
-        # Retrieve the fourth column from GPL palette. The fourth
-        # column of a GPL palette contains the palette commentary
-        # field. The palette commentary field can be anything, but for
-        # the sake of our own convenience we use it to store the color
-        # value in hexadecimal format (e.g., rrggbb).  Notice that you
-        # can put your comments from the fifth column on using an
-        # space as field separator.
-        COLORS=$(sed -r '1,/^#/d' $PALETTE \
-            | awk '{ printf "%s\n", $4 }' | head -n $HEAD | tail -n $TAIL)
-
-    fi
-
-    # Implement color formats conversions from rrggbb to other formats
-    # that you might need to use.
-    for COLOR in $COLORS;do
-
-        case $FORMAT in
-
-            rrggbb|* )
-                if [[ ! $COLOR =~ '^#' ]];then
-                    COLOR="#${COLOR}"
-                fi
-                ;;
-
-        esac
-
-        # Output color value.
-        echo "$COLOR"
-
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_getTTFont.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_getTTFont.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 78b6050..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_getTTFont.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# cli_getFont.sh -- This function creates a list of all True Type
-# Fonts (TTF) installed in your workstation and returns the absolute
-# path of the file matching the pattern passed as first argument.
-# Assuming more than one value matches, the first one in the list is
-# used. In case no match is found, the function verifies if there is
-# any file in the list that can be used (giving preference to sans
-# files). If no file is found at this point, an error will be printed
-# out.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_getTTFont {
-
-    local -a FONT_PATTERNS
-    local FONT_PATTERN=''
-    local FONT_FILE=''
-
-    # Define list of patterns used to build the list of TTF files.
-    FONT_PATTERNS[((++${#FONT_PATTERNS[*]}))]="/${1}\.ttf$"
-    FONT_PATTERNS[((++${#FONT_PATTERNS[*]}))]="sans\.ttf$"
-    FONT_PATTERNS[((++${#FONT_PATTERNS[*]}))]="\.ttf$"
-
-    # Define directory location where fonts are installed in your
-    # workstation.
-    local FONT_DIR='/usr/share/fonts'
-
-    # Define list of all TTF files installed in your workstation.
-    local FONT_FILES=$(cli_getFilesList ${FONT_DIR} --pattern="^.+\.ttf$")
-
-    # Define TTF absolute path based on pattern. Notice that if the
-    # pattern matches more than one value, only the first one of a
-    # sorted list will be used.
-    for FONT_PATTERN in ${FONT_PATTERNS[@]};do
-       
-        FONT_FILE=$(echo "$FONT_FILES" | egrep ${FONT_PATTERN} \
-            | head -n 1)
-
-        if [[ -f $FONT_FILE ]];then
-            break
-        fi
-
-    done
-
-    # Output TTF absolute path.
-    if [[ -f $FONT_FILE ]];then
-        echo $FONT_FILE
-    else
-        cli_printMessage "`gettext "The font provided doesn't exist."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_groupBy.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_groupBy.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 25d334c..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/Svg/svg_groupBy.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# svg_groupBy.sh -- This function provides post-rendition action to
-# group files inside directories named as their file extensions.  For
-# example: if the current file is a .png file, it is moved inside a
-# Png/ directory; if the current file is a .jpg file, it is stored
-# inside a Jpg/ directory, and so on.
-#
-# For this function to work correctly, you need to specify which file
-# type you want to group. This is done in the post-rendition ACTIONS
-# array inside the appropriate `render.conf.sh' pre-configuration
-# script. This function cannot be used as last-rendition action.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function svg_groupBy {
-
-    local SOURCE=''
-    local TARGET=''
-
-    # Sanitate file types passed from render.conf.sh pre-rendition
-    # configuration script.
-    local FORMAT=''
-    local FORMATS=$(render_getConfigOption "$ACTION" '2-')
-
-    for FORMAT in $FORMATS;do
-
-        # Redifine source file we want to move.
-        SOURCE=${FILE}.${FORMAT}
-
-        # Define target directory where source file will be moved
-        # into.
-        TARGET=$(dirname "$FILE")/$(cli_getRepoName $FORMAT -d)
-
-        # Check existence of source file.
-        cli_checkFiles -e $SOURCE
-
-        # Check existence of target directory.
-        if [[ ! -d $TARGET ]];then
-            mkdir -p $TARGET
-        fi
-
-        # Redifine file path to add file and its type.
-        TARGET=${TARGET}/$(cli_getRepoName $FILE -f).${FORMAT}
-
-        # Move file into its final location.
-        cli_printMessage "$TARGET" --as-movedto-line
-        mv ${SOURCE} ${TARGET}
-
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getConfigOption.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getConfigOption.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index dbf1937..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getConfigOption.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_getConfigOption.sh -- This function standardizes the
-# configuration fields are retrived from some action-specific
-# definitions.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_getConfigOption {
-
-    # Initialize action string.
-    local ACTION="$1"
-
-    # Initialize field definition.
-    local FIELD="$2"
-
-    # Initialize configuration options.
-    local OPTION=''
-
-    # Check action string. The action string must be present in order
-    # for this function to work. It provides the information needed to
-    # retrive configurantion options from.
-    if [[ "$ACTION" == '' ]];then
-        cli_printMessage "`gettext "There is no action string to work with."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-    # Check field definition. The field definition must match any of
-    # the formats specified by the `-f' option of `cut' command.
-    if [[ ! "$FIELD" =~ '^([0-9]+|[0-9]+-|-[0-9]+|[0-9]+-[0-9]+)$' ]];then
-        cli_printMessage "`gettext "The field definition is not valid."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-    # Get configuration option from action string.
-    OPTION=$(echo -n "$ACTION" | cut -d: -f${FIELD})
-
-    # Sanitate configuration option retrived from action string.
-    OPTION=$(echo -n "${OPTION}" \
-        | sed -r 's!^ *!!g' \
-        | sed -r 's!( |,|;) *! !g' \
-        | sed -r 's! *$!!g')
-
-    # Print out the configuration option retrived from action string,
-    # only if it is not an empty value. Do not use `echo' or `printf'
-    # built-in commands here. Use the `cli_printMessage' functionality
-    # instead.  This is required in order to reverse the apostrophe
-    # codification accomplished when options were retrived from
-    # command-line (cli_parseArgumentsReDef) in the argument of
-    # options like `--post-rendition' and `--last-rendition'.
-    if [[ $OPTION != '' ]];then
-        cli_printMessage "$OPTION" --as-stdout-line
-    fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getDirOutput.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getDirOutput.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index ffc475e..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getDirOutput.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_getDirOutput.sh -- This function defines the final
-# absolute path the centos-art.sh script uses to store identity
-# contents produced at rendition time.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_getDirOutput {
-
-    # Define base output directory using design model path as
-    # reference.
-    OUTPUT=$(dirname $FILE | sed -r \
-        -e "s!Identity/Models!Identity/Images!" \
-        -e "s!Themes/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}!Themes/$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif)!" \
-        -e "s!Documentation/Models!Documentation/Manuals!" \
-        -e "s!/Models!!")
-
-    # By default, images rendered are stored under Identity/Images
-    # directory structure. But if an `Images/' directory exists in the
-    # current location use it instead.
-    if [[ -d "${OUTPUT}/Images" ]];then
-        OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/Images
-    fi
-
-    # Redefine base output directory to introduce specific information
-    # like release number and architecture. This information is
-    # require by directories (e.g., the `Media' directory inside
-    # themes and the `Documentation/Manuals/Docbook/Distro' directory
-    # ) whose need this information to be passed explicitly at the
-    # command-line through the `--releasever' and `--basearch'
-    # options.  Other directories take such information from the path
-    # they are stored in (e.g., the `Distro/5/Anaconda' directory
-    # inside themes.). So, we need to differentiate the way
-    # information like release numbers and architectures are retrieved
-    # in order to build the output path correctly at rendition time.
-    if [[ $OUTPUT =~ "^${MOTIF_DIR}/Media$" ]];then
-        OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/${FLAG_RELEASEVER}/${FLAG_BASEARCH}
-    elif [[ $OUTPUT =~ 'Documentation/Manuals/Docbook/Distro$' ]];then
-        OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/${FLAG_RELEASEVER}
-    else
-        OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}
-    fi
-
-    # Define whether to use or not locale-specific directory to store
-    # content, using current locale information as reference. As
-    # convection, when we produce content, only specific locations
-    # use locale-specific directories to organize language-specific
-    # content (e.g., Manuals, Anaconda, Installation media, etc.). All
-    # other locations do not use locale-specific directories to
-    # organize content. This convection is important in order for
-    # the `prepare' functionality of centos-art.sh script to produce
-    # content in the correct location. Otherwise, we might end up
-    # duplicating content (e.g., icons, brands, etc.) which doesn't
-    # have any translation, nor any need to be translated.
-    if [[ ! ${CLI_LANG_LC} =~ '^en' ]];then
-        OUTPUT=${OUTPUT}/${CLI_LANG_LC}
-    fi
-
-    # Create final output directory, if it doesn't exist yet.
-    if [[ ! -d ${OUTPUT} ]];then
-        mkdir -p ${OUTPUT}
-    fi
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getDirTemplate.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getDirTemplate.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 9c6058a..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getDirTemplate.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_getDirTemplate.sh -- This function defines the way renderable
-# directories are processed inside the repository.  Inside the
-# repository, renderable directories are processed either through
-# direct or theme-specific rendition.
-#
-# Direct rendition takes one XML file from design model
-# (`Identity/Models') directory structure and produces one file
-# in `Identity/Images' directory strucutre. In this
-# configuration, the organization used to stored the design model is
-# taken as reference to build the path required to store the image
-# related to it under `Identity/Images' directory structure.
-#
-# Theme-specific rendition takes one design model from
-# `Identity/Models/Themes' directory structure to produce one or
-# more images in `Identity/Images/Themes/$THEME/$VERSION/$MODEL'
-# directory structure. In this configuration we have many different
-# artistic motifs that use one unique design model directory structure
-# as reference to produce images. 
-#
-# Since theme design models are unified to be reused by more
-# than one artistic motif, it is not possible to render artistic
-# motifs in a lineal manner (i.e., as we do with direct rendition)
-# because we need to establish the relation between the artistic motif
-# renderable directory structure and the design model first and that
-# relation happens when renderable directory structures inside
-# artistic motifs are processed individually.
-#
-# In the first rendition category, we use a design model directory
-# structure as reference to produce images one by one. In the second
-# rendition category, we can't use the same procedure because one
-# design model directory structure is used to produce several
-# renderable directory structures, not just one.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_getDirTemplate {
-
-    # Initialize design models location used as reference to process
-    # renderable directory structures.
-    TEMPLATE=$ACTIONVAL
-
-    # Define absolute path to input files using absolute path from
-    # output files.
-    if [[ -d ${TEMPLATE}/Models ]];then
-        TEMPLATE=${TEMPLATE}/Models
-    else
-        TEMPLATE=$(echo "$TEMPLATE" | sed -r \
-            -e "s!/Themes/$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif)!/Themes/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}!" \
-            -e "s!/(Manuals|Images)!/Models!")
-    fi
-
-    # Verify absolute path to input file. This verification is
-    # specially needed in those situations when the artistic motif
-    # directory structure has an organization different to that in
-    # design models directory structure. Since the path to design
-    # models is built from artistic motif directory structure, if
-    # artistic motifs directory structure is different from design
-    # model directory structure, as result we'll have a path to a
-    # design model that may not exist and that would make
-    # centos-art.sh script to fail. So, verify the absolute path to
-    # the input file and stop script execution if it doesn't exist.
-    cli_checkFiles -e $TEMPLATE
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getOptions.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getOptions.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 6598f99..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_getOptions.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_getOptions.sh -- This function interprets option parameters
-# passed to `render' functionality and calls actions accordingly.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_getOptions {
-
-    # Define short options we want to support.
-    local ARGSS="h,q"
-
-    # Define long options we want to support.
-    local ARGSL="help,quiet,filter:,answer-yes,dont-dirspecific,releasever:,basearch:,post-rendition:,last-rendition:,theme-model:,with-brands,synchronize"
-
-    # Redefine ARGUMENTS using getopt(1) command parser.
-    cli_parseArguments
-
-    # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS variable.
-    eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS"
-
-    # Look for options passed through command-line.
-    while true; do
-
-        case "$1" in
-
-            -h | --help )
-                cli_runFnEnvironment help --read --format="texinfo" "tcar-fs::scripts:bash-functions-render"
-                shift 1
-                exit
-                ;;
-
-            -q | --quiet )
-                FLAG_QUIET="true"
-                shift 1
-                ;;
-
-            --filter )
-                FLAG_FILTER="$2"
-                shift 2
-                ;;
-
-            --answer-yes )
-                FLAG_ANSWER="true"
-                shift 1
-                ;;
-
-            --dont-dirspecific )
-                FLAG_DONT_DIRSPECIFIC="true"
-                shift 1
-                ;;
-
-            --post-rendition )
-                FLAG_POSTRENDITION="$2"
-                shift 2
-                ;;
-
-            --last-rendition )
-                FLAG_LASTRENDITION="$2"
-                shift 2
-                ;;
-
-            --basearch )
-                FLAG_BASEARCH="$2"
-                if [[ ! $FLAG_BASEARCH =~ $(cli_getPathComponent --architecture-pattern) ]];then
-                    cli_printMessage "`gettext "The architecture provided is not supported."`" --as-error-line
-                fi
-                shift 2
-                ;;
-
-            --releasever )
-                FLAG_RELEASEVER="$2"
-                if [[ ! $FLAG_RELEASEVER =~ $(cli_getPathComponent --release-pattern) ]];then
-                    cli_printMessage "`gettext "The release version provided is not supported."`" --as-error-line
-                fi
-                shift 2
-                ;;
-
-            --theme-model )
-                FLAG_THEME_MODEL=$(cli_getRepoName $2 -d)
-                shift 2
-                ;;
-
-            --with-brands )
-                FLAG_WITH_BRANDS='true'
-                shift 1
-                ;;
-
-            --synchronize )
-                FLAG_SYNCHRONIZE='true'
-                shift 1
-                ;;
-
-            -- )
-                # Remove the `--' argument from the list of arguments
-                # in order for processing non-option arguments
-                # correctly. At this point all option arguments have
-                # been processed already but the `--' argument still
-                # remains to mark ending of option arguments and
-                # beginning of non-option arguments. The `--' argument
-                # needs to be removed here in order to avoid
-                # centos-art.sh script to process it as a path inside
-                # the repository, which obviously is not.
-                shift 1
-                break
-                ;;
-        esac
-    done
-
-    # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters. 
-    cli_parseArgumentsReDef "$@"
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBaseRendition.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBaseRendition.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 8591dec..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBaseRendition.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_setBaseRendition.sh -- This function performs base-rendition
-# action for all files.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_setBaseRendition {
-
-    local -a FILES
-    local FILE=''
-    local OUTPUT=''
-    local TEMPLATE=''
-    local TEMPLATES=''
-    local PARENTDIR=''
-    local TRANSLATION=''
-    local EXTERNALFILE=''
-    local EXTERNALFILES=''
-    local THIS_FILE_DIR=''
-    local NEXT_FILE_DIR=''
-    local RENDER_EXTENSION=''
-    local EXPORTID=''
-    local COUNT=0
-
-    # Verify default directory where design models are stored in.
-    cli_checkFiles -e "${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}"
-
-    # Redefine parent directory for current workplace.
-    PARENTDIR=$(basename "${ACTIONVAL}")
- 
-    # Loop through list of supported file extensions. 
-    for RENDER_EXTENSION in ${RENDER_EXTENSIONS};do
-
-        # Redefine rendition format name based on supported file
-        # extension.
-        if [[ $RENDER_EXTENSION =~ '^(svgz|svg)$' ]];then
-            RENDER_FORMAT='svg'
-        elif [[ $RENDER_EXTENSION =~ '^(docbook)$' ]];then
-            RENDER_FORMAT='docbook'
-        elif [[ $RENDER_EXTENSION =~ '^(conf)$' ]];then
-            RENDER_FORMAT='conf'
-        else
-           cli_printMessage "`eval_gettext "The \\\"\\\$RENDER_EXTENSION\\\" file extension is not supported yet."`" --as-error-line 
-        fi
-
-        # Redefine specific function export id. 
-        EXPORTID="${CLI_FUNCDIRNAM}/$(cli_getRepoName ${RENDER_FORMAT} -d)/$(cli_getRepoName ${RENDER_FORMAT} -f)"
-
-        # Define base location of template files using paths passed to
-        # centos-art.sh script as argument to.
-        render_getDirTemplate
-
-        # Verify whether or not the source location of the path
-        # provided as argument to centos-art.sh script accepts or not
-        # localization messages. Don't produce localized content for
-        # repository components that don't accept it.
-        if [[ ! ${CLI_LANG_LC} =~ '^en' ]];then
-            cli_runFnEnvironment locale --is-localizable ${TEMPLATE}
-        fi
-
-        # Define the list of files to process. Use an array variable
-        # to store the list of files to process. This make possible to
-        # realize verifications like: is the current base directory
-        # equal to the next one in the list of files to process?
-        # Questions like this let us to know when centos-art.sh is
-        # leaving a directory structure and entering another. This
-        # information is required in order for centos-art.sh to know
-        # when to apply last-rendition actions.
-        #
-        # Another issue is that some directories might be named as if
-        # they were files (e.g., using a render able extension like
-        # .docbook).  In these situations we need to avoid such
-        # directories from being interpreted as a render able file.
-        # For this, pass the `--type="f"' option when building the
-        # list of files to process in order to retrieve regular files
-        # only.
-        #
-        # Another issue to consider here is that, in some cases, both
-        # templates and outputs might be in the same location. In
-        # these cases localized content are stored in the same
-        # location where template files are retrieved from and we need
-        # to avoid using localized content from being interpreted as
-        # design models. In that sake, build the list of files to
-        # process using the files directly stored in the directory
-        # passed as argument to centos-art.sh command-line. Don't go
-        # recursively here.
-        #
-        # Another issue to consider here, is the way of restricting
-        # the list of files to process. We cannot expand the pattern
-        # specified by FLAG_FILTER with a `.*' here (e.g.,
-        # "${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}") because that would
-        # suppress any possibility from the user to specify just one
-        # file name in locations where more than one file with the
-        # same name as prefix exists (e.g., `repository.docbook',
-        # `repository-preamble.docbook' and
-        # `repository-parts.docbook').  Instead, pass filtering
-        # control to the user whom can use regular expression markup
-        # in the `--filter' option to decide whether to match
-        # `repository.docbook' only (e.g., through
-        # `--filter="repository"') or `repository-preamble.docbook'
-        # and `repository-parts.docbook' but not `repository.docbook'
-        # (e.g., through `--filter="repository-.*"').
-        if [[ ${RENDER_FORMAT} =~ "^docbook$" ]];then
-
-            # When the render format is docbook, don't build a list of
-            # files to process. Instead, build the absolute path of
-            # the main file used to render docbook from models to
-            # final output manuals. This file must be stored directly
-            # inside the main manual's directory and named as it but
-            # with all letters in lowercase.
-            for FILE in $(cli_getFilesList ${TEMPLATE} \
-                --maxdepth="1" --mindepth="1" \
-                --pattern="^.*$(cli_getRepoName ${TEMPLATE} -f)\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" \
-                --type="f");do
-                FILES[((++${#FILES[*]}))]=$FILE
-            done
-
-        elif [[ ${RENDER_FORMAT} =~ "^conf$" ]];then
-
-            # When the render format is conf, be sure it refers to
-            # image.conf files only. Other configuration files (e.g.,
-            # branding.conf) cannot be processed this way because
-            # their configuration options and values haven't any
-            # meaning in this context.
-            for FILE in $(cli_getFilesList ${TEMPLATE} \
-                --pattern="^.+/images\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" \
-                --type="f");do
-                FILES[((++${#FILES[*]}))]=$FILE
-            done
-
-        else
-
-            # For all other cases, build a list of files to process
-            # using the path value pass as argument.
-            for FILE in $(cli_getFilesList ${TEMPLATE} \
-                --pattern="^.+/${FLAG_FILTER}.*\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$" \
-                --type="f");do
-                FILES[((++${#FILES[*]}))]=$FILE
-            done
-
-        fi
-
-        # Verify list of files to process. Assuming no file was found,
-        # evaluate the next supported file extension.
-        if [[ ${#FILES[*]} -eq 0 ]];then
-            continue
-        fi
-
-        # Initialize format-specific functionalities.
-        cli_exportFunctions "${EXPORTID}"
-
-        # Start processing the base rendition list of FILES. Fun part
-        # approaching :-).
-        while [[ $COUNT -lt ${#FILES[*]} ]];do
-
-            # Define base file.
-            FILE=${FILES[$COUNT]}
-
-            # Define the base directory path for the current file being
-            # process.
-            THIS_FILE_DIR=$(dirname ${FILES[$COUNT]})
-
-            # Define the base directory path for the next file that will
-            # be process.
-            if [[ $(($COUNT + 1)) -lt ${#FILES[*]} ]];then
-                NEXT_FILE_DIR=$(dirname ${FILES[$(($COUNT + 1))]})
-            else
-                NEXT_FILE_DIR=''
-            fi
-
-            # Print separator line.
-            cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line
-
-            # Print action message based on file extension.
-            if [[ ${FILE} =~ 'images\.conf$' ]] && [[ $FLAG_WITH_BRANDS == 'true' ]];then
-                cli_printMessage "${FILE}" --as-processing-line
-            elif [[ ${FILE} =~ 'brands\.conf$' ]];then
-                continue
-            else
-                cli_printMessage "${FILE}" --as-template-line
-            fi
-
-            # Verify design models file existence. We cannot continue
-            # with out it.
-            cli_checkFiles ${FILE} -f
-
-            # Define final location of translation file.
-            TRANSLATION=$(dirname ${FILE} \
-               | sed -r 's!(Documentation|Identity)!Locales/\1!')/${CLI_LANG_LC}/messages.po
-
-            # Define final location of template file.
-            TEMPLATE=${FILE}
-
-            # Define final location of output directory.
-            render_getDirOutput
- 
-            # Get relative path to file. The path string (stored in
-            # FILE) has two parts: 1. the variable path and 2. the
-            # common path.  The variable path is before the common
-            # point in the path string. The common path is after the
-            # common point in the path string. The common point is the
-            # name of the parent directory (stored in PARENTDIR).
-            #
-            # Identity/Models/Themes/.../Firstboot/3/splash-small.svg
-            # -------------------------^| the     |^------------^
-            # variable path             | common  |    common path
-            # -------------------------v| point   |    v------------v
-            # Identity/Images/Themes/.../Firstboot/Img/3/splash-small.png
-            #
-            # What we do here is remove the variable path, the common
-            # point, and the file extension parts in the string
-            # holding the path retrieved from design models directory
-            # structure.  Then we use the common path as relative path
-            # to store the final image file.
-            #
-            # The file extension is removed from the common path
-            # because it is set when we create the final image file.
-            # This configuration let us use different extensions for
-            # the same file name.
-            #
-            # When we render using base-rendition action, the
-            # structure of files under the output directory will be
-            # the same used after the common point in the related
-            # design model directory structure.
-            FILE=$(echo ${FILE} \
-                | sed -r "s!.*${PARENTDIR}/!!" \
-                | sed -r "s/\.${RENDER_EXTENSION}$//")
-
-            # Define absolute path to final file (without extension).
-            FILE=${OUTPUT}/$(basename "${FILE}")
-
-            # Define instance name from design model.
-            INSTANCE=$(cli_getTemporalFile ${TEMPLATE})
-
-            # Perform format base-rendition.
-            ${RENDER_FORMAT}
-
-            # Remove template instance. 
-            if [[ -f $INSTANCE ]];then
-                rm $INSTANCE
-            fi
-
-            # Increment file counter.
-            COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
-        done
-
-        # Reset counter to prevent accumulation of values.
-        COUNT=0
-
-        # Unset format-specific functionalities.
-        cli_unsetFunctions "${EXPORTID}"
-
-        # Unset files list to prevent accumulation of values.
-        unset FILES
-
-    done
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBrands.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBrands.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 187c4df..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBrands.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_setBrands.sh -- This function performs brand-specific
-# rendition.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_setBrands {
-
-    local BRANDS_MODELS_DIR=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Brands
-    local BRANDS_IMAGES_DIR=${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Brands
-
-    render_setBrandsDirValidates ${BRANDS_IMAGES_DIR} ${ACTIONVAL}
-    render_setBrandsDirStructure ${BRANDS_MODELS_DIR} ${BRANDS_IMAGES_DIR}
-
-    render_setBaseRendition
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBrandsDirStructure.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBrandsDirStructure.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 453e90c..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBrandsDirStructure.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_setBrandsDirectoryStructure.sh -- This function verifies the
-# directory structure of brands images using the directory structure
-# of brands models as reference.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_setBrandsDirStructure {
-
-    local BRANDS_SOURCE_DIR=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource ${1})
-    local BRANDS_TARGET_DIR=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource ${2})
-
-    cli_printMessage "${BRANDS_TARGET_DIR} `gettext "directory structures..."`" --as-checking-line
-
-    cli_runFnEnvironment prepare ${BRANDS_SOURCE_DIR} ${BRANDS_TARGET_DIR} --directories
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBrandsDirValidates.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBrandsDirValidates.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 8622474..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setBrandsDirValidates.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_setBrandsDirVerification.sh -- This function standardize path
-# verification between path provided in the command line and
-# repository directory structure.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-function render_setBrandsDirValidates {
-
-    local BRANDS_PATH_OK=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource ${1})
-    local BRANDS_PATH_UNKNOWN=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource ${2})
-
-    cli_checkFiles ${BRANDS_PATH_UNKNOWN} --match="^${BRANDS_PATH_OK}"
-
-    local BRANDS_PATH_UNKNOWN_MODEL=$(echo ${BRANDS_PATH_UNKNOWN} \
-        | sed -r "s,/Images/,/Models/,")
-
-    cli_checkFiles ${BRANDS_PATH_UNKNOWN_MODEL} -d
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setDirStructure.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setDirStructure.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 8064b59..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setDirStructure.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-######################################################################
-#
-#   render_setDirStructure.sh -- This function standardizes the
-#   relation between source and target directory structures inside the
-#   repository.
-#
-#   This function takes two arguments. The first is the source
-#   directory and the second is the target directory where you wan to
-#   reproduce the source directory structure.  In order for this to
-#   work, all source directory structures provided to this function
-#   must have one level of directories more than its related target
-#   directory.  The purpose of this level is content categorization.
-#   For example, consider the following path:
-#
-#       ----------++++++++++++++++++++++++
-#       ${SOURCE}/${CATEGORY}/${COMPONENT}
-#       ----------++++++++++++++++++++++++
-#       +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------
-#       ${TARGET}/${NAME}/${VERSION}/${COMPONENT}
-#       +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------
-#
-#   So we end with the following path:
-#
-#       ${TARGET}/${CATEGORY}/${COMPONENT}
-# 
-#   In this path, ${CATEGORY} makes reference to a categorization
-#   directory used to describe source components related to target
-#   components. However, in the target side, such ${CATEGORY}
-#   directory is not needed and should be removed from it in order to
-#   get the final target path, which is:  
-#
-#       ${TARGET}/${COMPONENT}
-#
-#   ${CATEGORY} is always a one-level directory, but ${COMPONENT}
-#   might have several levels deep inside.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-######################################################################
-
-function render_setDirStructure {
-
-    # Define absolute path to design models' directory structure. This
-    # directory contains the directory structure you want to verify
-    # inside target path.
-    local SOURCE_DIRECTORY=$(tcar_checkRepoDirSource "${1}")
-
-    # Verify existence source path, just to be sure it was passed and
-    # it is a valid directory.
-    tcar_checkFiles ${SOURCE_DIR} -d
-
-    # Define absolute path to directory inside the repository where
-    # you want to replicate the source path directory structure.
-    local TARGET_DIRECTORY=$(tcar_checkRepoDirSource "${2}")
-
-    # NOTE: It is possible that target path doesn't exist. So verify
-    # the relation between target and source path. If there is a
-    # source path for the target, create an empty directory as target,
-    # using the related source directory as reference.
-
-    # Define list of directories inside source path.
-    local DIRECTORIES=$(tcar_getFilesList ${SOURCE_DIRECTORY} \
-        --pattern='.+/[[:alpha:]]+$' --type='d')
-
-    # Iterate through directories inside source path and verify
-    # whether or not they exist in the target path. If they don't
-    # exist create them.
-    for DIRECTORY in ${DIRECTORIES};do
-
-        local DIRECTORY_BASENAME=$(echo ${DIRECTORY} \
-            | sed -r "s,${SOURCE_DIRECTORY}/,,")
-
-        if [[ ${DIRECTORY} == ${DIRECTORY_BASENAME} ]];then
-            continue
-        fi
-
-        local DIRECTORY_TARGET=${TARGET_DIRECTORY}/${DIRECTORY_BASENAME}
-
-        if [[ ! -d ${DIRECTORY_TARGET} ]];then
-            mkdir -p ${DIRECTORY_TARGET}
-        fi
-
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setThemes.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setThemes.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 134d6aa..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setThemes.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_setThemes.sh -- This function performs theme-specific
-# rendition.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-function render_setThemes {
-
-    local -a DIRS
-    local COUNT=0
-    local NEXTDIR=''
-    local MOTIF_NAME=''
-    local MOTIF_DIR=''
-
-    # Define base directory of artistic motifs. This is the location
-    # where all artistic motifs are stored in.
-    local MOTIF_BASEDIR="${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Images/Themes"
-
-    # Define base directory of design models. This is the location
-    # where all design models are stored in.
-    local MODEL_BASEDIR="${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes"
-
-    # Verify directory structure for all theme-specific directories.
-    render_setThemesDirStructure "${MODEL_BASEDIR}/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}" "${MOTIF_BASEDIR}" 
-
-    # Define directory structure of design models. Design models
-    # directory structures are used as reference to create artistic
-    # motifs directory structure. Use the `--pattern' option to be
-    # sure any modification to FLAG_FILTER won't affect the output
-    # result. We need to make matching everything here, no matter what
-    # the FLAG_FILTER value be.
-    local MODEL_DIR=''
-    local MODEL_DIRS="$(cli_getFilesList ${MODEL_BASEDIR}/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL} \
-        --pattern='^.+/[^.svn][[:alnum:]_/-]+$' --type="d" \
-        | sed -e "s!^.*/${FLAG_THEME_MODEL}!!" \
-              -e '/^[[:space:]]*$/d' \
-              -e 's!^/!!')"
-
-    # Define design model regular expression patterns from design
-    # models directory structure.
-    local MODEL_PATTERN=$(echo "$MODEL_DIRS" | tr "\n" '|' \
-        | sed -e 's!^|!!' -e 's!|$!!')
-
-    # Define regular expression pattern that match the theme artistic
-    # motif component inside the path strings.
-    local MOTIF_PATTERN=$(cli_getPathComponent --motif-pattern)
-
-    # Define list of render-able directory structures inside the
-    # artistic motif. As reference, to build this list, use design
-    # model directory structure.  The more specific you be in the path
-    # specification the more specific theme rendition will be. Thus,
-    # we use the path provided as argument and the --filter option as
-    # reference to control the amount of directories considered
-    # render-able directory.
-    local MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIR=''
-    local MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIRS=$(cli_getFilesList ${MOTIF_BASEDIR} \
-        --pattern="^${TCAR_WORKDIR}/${MOTIF_PATTERN}/($MODEL_PATTERN)$" --type="d" \
-        | grep "$(echo ${ACTIONVAL} | sed -r 's,/$,,')")
-
-    # When no render-able directories are found, finish the script
-    # execution with an error message. There is an obvious typo in the
-    # path provided.
-    if [[ -z ${MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIRS} ]];then
-        cli_printMessage "`gettext "No related model was found for the path provided."`" --as-error-line
-    fi
-
-    # Rebuild list of render-able directory structures using an array
-    # variable. This let us to predict what directory is one step
-    # forward or backward from the current directory structure.
-    for MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIR in $MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIRS;do
-        DIRS[((++${#DIRS[*]}))]=${MOTIF_RENDERABLE_DIR}
-    done
-
-    # Define total number of directories to process. This is required
-    # in order to correct the counting value and so, make it to match
-    # the zero based nature of bash array variables.
-    local DIRS_TOTAL=$((${#DIRS[*]} - 1))
-
-    while [[ $COUNT -le ${DIRS_TOTAL} ]];do
-
-        # Redefine action value to refer the theme-specific render-able
-        # directory.
-        ACTIONVAL=${DIRS[$COUNT]}
-
-        # Refine artistic motif name using the current action value.
-        MOTIF_NAME=$(cli_getPathComponent $ACTIONVAL --motif)
-
-        # Verify artistic motif name. The name of the artistic motif
-        # must be present in order for theme rendition to happen.
-        # Theme rendition takes place inside artistic motifs and the
-        # artistic motif name is an indispensable part of it. Take
-        # care of not using design models directory structure as name
-        # for artistic motifs. They, sometimes, match the pattern used
-        # to verify artistic motifs names but must not be confused.
-        if [[ $MOTIF_NAME == '' ]] || [[ $MOTIF_NAME =~ "^($MODEL_PATTERN)" ]];then
-            COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-            continue
-        fi
-
-        # Refine artistic motif directory. This is the top directory
-        # where all visual manifestations of an artistic motif are
-        # stored in (e.g., Backgrounds, Brushes, Concept, Distro,
-        # etc.).
-        MOTIF_DIR="${MOTIF_BASEDIR}/${MOTIF_NAME}"
-
-        # Define what is the next directory in the list, so we could
-        # verify whether to render or not the current theme-specific
-        # render-able directory.
-        if [[ $COUNT -lt ${DIRS_TOTAL} ]];then
-            NEXTDIR=$(dirname ${DIRS[(($COUNT + 1))]})
-        else
-            NEXTDIR=''
-        fi
-
-        # Verify whether to render or not the current theme's
-        # render-able directory. This verification is needed in order
-        # to avoid unnecessary rendition loops. For example, don't
-        # render `path/to/dir/A' when `path/to/dir/A/B' does exist,
-        # that configuration would produce `/path/to/dir/A/B twice.
-        if [[ $ACTIONVAL =~ '[[:digit:]]$' ]] || [[ $ACTIONVAL == $NEXTDIR ]];then
-            COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-            continue
-        fi
-
-        # Execute direct rendition on theme specific render-able
-        # directory as specified by action value.
-        render_setBaseRendition
-
-        # Increment counter to match the correct count value.
-        COUNT=$(($COUNT + 1))
-
-    done
-
-}
diff --git a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setThemesDirStructure.sh b/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setThemesDirStructure.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index ed98d3d..0000000
--- a/Automation/Modules/Render/render_setThemesDirStructure.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# render_setThemeDirectoryStructre.sh -- This function verifies
-# theme-specific directory structures using common theme models
-# directory structure as pattern. If there are missing directories inside
-# theme-specific directories, this function will create it.  This is a
-# requisite of rendition process, so be sure to call this function
-# before building the list of render-able theme directories.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 The CentOS Project
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
-# your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# $Id$
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-function render_setThemesDirStructure {
-
-    local THEMES_SOURCE_DIR=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource "${1}")
-    local THEMES_TARGET_DIR=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource "${2}")
-
-    local THEMES_FILTER=${THEMES_TARGET_DIR}/$(cli_getPathComponent --motif ${ACTIONVAL})
-
-    THEMES_TARGET_DIRS=$(cli_getFilesList ${THEMES_TARGET_DIR} \
-        --pattern=".+/[[:digit:]]+$" --maxdepth=2 --mindepth=2 \
-        | grep "${THEMES_FILTER}")
-
-    for THEMES_TARGET_DIR in $THEMES_TARGET_DIRS;do
-        cli_printMessage "$THEMES_TARGET_DIR `gettext "directory structure..."`" --as-checking-line
-        cli_runFnEnvironment prepare ${THEMES_SOURCE_DIR} ${THEMES_TARGET_DIR} --directories
-    done
-
-}